Dedicated To All Spark Members

(DEDICATED TO ALL SPARK MEMBERS)
Electrical Reference Data Book Page 1

Correspondence: -
P.K.PATTANAIK
Deputy. General Manager (Elect. )
E&MR Division,
OPTCL (Formerly GRIDCO)
BHUBANESWAR- ODISHA- 751022
Contact Phone Numbers: -

09438907492 (Mobile)
Email: - ppk110.pp@gmail.com

APPEAL TO ALL SPARK
MEMBERS:
This book had been compiled with data
collected from different sources,
standards and references during the early stage (year
2006) of professional life of the Author. Few DATA
might have been obsolete /changed/modified need
revision and not applicable to the prevailing practices.
Author sincerely appeals to all the READERS to

please go through this DATA BOOK and comment
upon the same for preparation of a refined/
revised COPY for future refrence.
Interested SPARK members can contact me by following

contacts to be the part of this refined/revised compilation
with new title « ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS
REFERENCE DATA BOOK ».
P.K.Pattanaik
Mobile : 9438907492
WhatsApp : 9438907492
Email : ppk110.pp@gmail.com

PREFACE
At the outset author extends his
sincere thanks to the readers of
the previous edition, those who
have shared their valuable
suggestions for encouraging the
author to bring this edition
more useful for Electrical
Engineers. Author felt the need
of this Electrical Reference Data Book while
working in practical field. Many a times an
Electrical Engineer gets confused to land upon a
decisive conclusion for any electrical work; due
to the non-availability of ready reckon electrical
data. This book has covered all the possible zones
of electrical field topics with some reference
data in concise manner. The data of this book have
been collected from different standards, national
and international journals, periodicals, seminar
proceedings and many other reference books. Author
lays no claims to these collections in preparing
this book. This book has been printed for internal
circulations i.e. among friends and colleagues.
Author gratefully acknowledges the

suggestions from all his friends’ colleagues and
relatives, those who have extended their helping

hands for preparing the book. The author also
wishes to express his feelings of indebtedness to
Er. A.C. Nanda, Asst. General Manager, E& MR
Division OPTCL , Burla, Er. D.D. Sharma, Asst
General Manager EHT(O&M) Division OPTCL, Burla,
Er. G. D. Patel Manager E& MR Sub- Division OPTCL
, Burla and Er. P. K. Bhuyan, AEE, E& MR Sub-
Division OPTCL, Burla for their ever whelming
encouragements and useful suggestions while
preparing this book. Finally thanks are due to Mr.
P. K. Panigrahi for drawing the required
illustrations of the book.
Errors might have crept in despite of utmost

care. The author shall be grateful if these are
pointed out along with other suggestions.
Finally the author sincerely requests to

each reader of this book to fill up the suggestion
and feed back form given at the end to refine the
data in the next edition
P.K.PATTANAIK.
CONTENTS
SL. PARTICULARS PAGE NO
NO

1. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT STUDY (11 -18)
1. Standard Connecting Wires 11
2. Device Identification Code 11-13
3. Symbols used 13-14
4. Symbols and Designations based on
IEC 617 and IEEE
4.1 General Block 15
4.2 Parameter, Symbols and function 16-17
5.Code of practice by M/S ABB Ltd.
5.1 Terminal Block 17
5.2 Equipment/ Device Terminal 18
Identification
2. PROTECTION SCHEMES (19 -42)

1. Classification 19
2. Generator Protection
2.1 Class A protection 19
2.4 Proposed protection equipment for 21
different type of Generators
2.5 Thermal Plant Unit Protection 22-23
3. Motor Protection 23
4. Transformer Protection
4.1 Requirement of Relays 24
4.2 Circuit for Differential protection 25
4.3 Buch. Relay 25-26
4.4 PRV 26
4.5 OTI 26
4.6 WTI 26-27
5. Breaker Protection
5.1 Time Chart for PDR 28
5.2 Time Chart for LBB Relay 29
6. Bus Bar Protection 30
7. Line Protection
30-36
7.1 Main Protection(Distance Protection)
7.2 O/C, E/F Protection 36-42

3. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (43-109)
EQUIPMENTS
1. Breaker 43-44
2. Current Transformer
2.1 Specification 45-46
2.2 Voltage Class and Insulation Level 46
2.3 Errors in CT 47
2.4 Relay Detail for Selection of CT ,PT 48-56
2.5 Fault finding Study for CT Circuitry 57-58
3. Potential Transformer / Voltage
Transformer
3.1 Specification 59
3.2 Errors in PT 60
4. Lightning Arrestors
4.1 Maxm Switching Surge in pu 60
4.2 Technical Particulars of Station Class 61-62
Arrestor ( 11-33 KV )
4.3 Technical Particulars of Station Class 62-63
Arrestor ( 132-400 KV )
4.4 Class III LA Technical Particulars 64-65
4.5 Classification of Over Voltage and Surge 66
Impendance
4.6 LA Classification 67
5. Wave Trap 68
6. Isolators 69
7. Transformers
7.1 Current Capacity of Transformer 70
7.2 Permissible Flux Density 70
7.3 Permissible Over Excitation Capacity 70
7.4 Permissible Exciting Current 71
7.5 Permissible Inrush Current 71
7.6 Short Circuit Current 72
7.7 Thermal Resistivity of Material 72-73
7.8 Temp. rise above Ambient 73
7.9 Standard Range of Impendances 73-74
7.10Cooling order Symbols 74
7.11Reduced Temp. Rise 74
7.12Temp. rise Limit 75
7.13Losses For Transformer 76
7.14Efficiency calculation of Transformer 76-77
7.15Calculation of Regulation 77
7.16Insulation Resistance 77-79
7.17Transformer Vector Symbol 79

7.18Standard Vector Group 80
7.19Parallel Operation of Transformer 80
7.20Load Sharing by Transformers in parallel 80-81
7.21Circulating Current 81-82
7.22Transformer Tapping 82
7.23Transformer Oil Data 83-90
7.24Dissolved Gas Analysis 91-94
7.25Typical Value of C and Tanδ of 95
Transformer
7.26Duration of Overloading 95
7.27Permissible Overloading Capacity 96
7.28Daily Peak Load per Unit ( OA / OW ) 97
7.29 Daily Peak Load per Unit ( OA / FA ) 98
7.30Daily Peak Load per Unit ( OA / FA ) 99
7.31% Change in KVA Load with Temp. 100
7.32Tolerances in Transformer (BSS&ISS ) 100-101
7.33Oil Handling procedures in Transformer 101
7.34Typical Value of C and Tanδ of 102
Transformer Bushing
7.35DGA Data for Bushing 102
8. Squirrel Cage Induction Motor
8.1 Data 102
8.2 Capacitor Rating ( KVAR ) 102
8.3 Capacitor required for desired p.f. 103
8.4 Capacitor required in KVAR ( Orissa 103
Gazette )
9. Battery
9.1 Data 104
9.2 Important Notes 105
9.3 Maintenance Schedule 105
10. Energy Meters
10.1% Error Limit 106-107
10.2Correction Factor 108
10.3Reading of Electrical Meters 108-109
10.4Different Connection in Energy Meters 109
4.
NAME PLATE SAMPLES OF (110-116)
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1. Circuit Breaker
1.1 132 KV SF6 Circuit Breaker 110
1.2 220 KV SF6 Circuit Breaker 111
1.3 33 KV Vacuum Circuit Breaker 111
2. Current Transformer

2.1 132 KV Current Transformer 112
3. Potential Transformer
3.1 132 KV CVT 115
3.2 33PT 115
3.3 220 KV CVT 116
5
TRANSMISSION LINE DATA (117-127)
1. Electrical Span for Transmission Lines 117
2. Parameters for Different Soils for 117
Tower foundation
3. Wind Zone 117
4. Permissible Weight Span 118
5. Disc Insulators for EHT Lines 118
6. Insulators String for 132 KV, 220 KV 119
and 400 KV lines
7. Air Clearance and Swing angle 120
8. Formulae for Clearance 120
9. Typical Sag-Tension Calculation 121-122
( AAAC-Zebra
10. Span Versus Sag Table 122
11. Line Loading ( SIL ) 122
12. Transmission Towers
12.1Type and Shape of Tower 123
12.2Slope of Tower Legs and Shield angle 123
12.3Tower Spotting Data 124
12.4Standard Steel Section used in Tower 125
12.5Dimensions for various Category of 126-127
Tower

6. LINE CONDUCTOR DATA (128-134)
1. Data of some other ACSR Conductors 128
2. Characteristics of ACSR Conductors as 129
per IS 398 Pt 2/1976
3. Commonly Used ACSR Line 130
Conductors And Earth Conductors
(Galvanised)
4. Details of GI Wires and Stay Wires 130
5. Characteristics of AAAC Conductors as 131-132
per IS 398 Pt 4/1979
6. AAC (All Aluminum 132
Conductor)Commonly Used Earth
Conductors ( Galvanized )
7. Details of Earth Wires 133
8. Some Common Used AAAC Conductor 134
7. MINIMUM STATUTORY (135-138)
CLEARANCES
1. Different Clearances ( up to 66KV AC) 135-136
2. Different Clearances 137-138
( 132-400 KV AC & 500 KV DC
8. ELECTRICAL EARTHING (139-143)

SYSTEMS
1. Typical Value of Earth Resistivity in 139
Ohm- Mtr
2. Type of Electrode Used Earthing 139
3. Testing of Soil Resistivity 140
4. Measurement of Earth Electrode
Resistance
4.1 Ground Electrode ( Rod ) 140
4.2 Ground Mat 140
5. Formulae for Design of Grounding in
Power Systems
5.1 Safe Body Current 141
5.2 Step & Touch Potential 141
5.3 Resistance of Earth System 142
5.4 Size of Earth Mat Conductor 142

6.Assumptions made for Design of Earth 142
Mat
7. Earth Resistance of Stations 143
8. Other Data 143
9. DATA ON DISTRIBUTION (144-154)

SYSTEM
1. Standard Wire Gauge and Tinned 144
Copper fuse Wires
2. Voltage Regulation for 3 Phase Line 145
per 100 KVA/ KM
3. Sag and Tension Tables 145
( Weasel &Rabbit)
4. Sag and Tension Tables 146
( Racoon & Dog)
5. KW-KM Loading of 3 Phase Lines 146
6. Horn Gap fuse Protection for 147
Distribution Transformers
7. Weather Proof Al Wire Connection for 148
Service Connection ( As per IS 694 – Pt
II )
8. Transformer Cables 148
9. 11 KV Voltage Class Distribution 149
Transformers
10. PVC Flexible House wiring Sub- 149
Station Design
11. Single Core Cables with Single 149
Strand Solid Cu. 1.1 KV Grade
12. Relay Co-ordination procedure 150-152
13. Estimated Current Rating for Cupper 153-154
and AL. Conductors as per IS 694 /
1990 and BS 2004/1961

10 DATA ON SUB-STATION (155-158)
1. Braking Current and Fault MVA 155
Capacity
2. Normal Bus Bar size, Bay length, Bay 155
Width
3. Tubular Bus & String Bus 155
4. Conductor Tension for Bus 156
Arrangement
5. Various formulae for Bus design 156-157
6. EHV Sub- Station Tech. Particulars 157-158
7. Lighting of Sub- Station 158
11. ELECTRICAL STANDARDS (159-172)

1. General IS Used 159
2. Voltage Standards 159
3. Other Standards
3.1 Transmission Lines 160-165
3.2 Power Transformer 166
3.3 Instrument Transformer 167
3.4 Circuit Breaker 168
3.5 Transformer Oil & Oil Testing 169-170
3.6 Isolators 171
3.7 Surge Arrestors 171
4. Extracts from IE Rule 1956 172
12 ORISSA GRID DATA (173-187)

1. Different Grid’s Capacity and Telephone 173-176
No.
2. Details of EHT Lines in Orissa 176
( Under GRIDCO )
3. Fault MVA in Different Station During 177-182
Peak Load Condition (2004-05)
4. Capacity of CPP in Orissa 182
5. Line Data of Some Selected EHT Lines in 183-185
GRIDCO Orissa
6. Line Data of EHT Lines under EHT 186-187
( O&M ) Circle Burla in GRIDCO

13 HYDRO POWER STATIONS DATA (188-194)
UNDER OHPC, ORISSA
1. Installed Capacity 188-189
2. Technical Details 190-192
( Burla PH, Chiplima,Machhkund)
3. Technical Details 193-194
( Rengali, Balimela, Upper Kolab, Upper
Indrawati)
14 CONVERSION TABLE (195-196)

15 TELECOMMUNICATION DATA (197-202)
1.PLCC Technical Data(Nominal Value ) 197
2.Teleportation Basic System 198
3.Power Allocation to Speech and VFT 198
Channel
4. Basic Terms in PLCC 199
5. Types of Comm. Channel 199
6. Other Data Related to Telecomm. 200
7. Channel Specific Data with Variable 201-202
Centre Frequency ( MODEM )
16 MEANINGS OF INDICATIONS FOR (203-209)
DIFFERENT DISTANCE PROTECTION
RELAYS

1. STANDARD CONNECTING WIRES
LETTERS PURPOSE LETTERS PURPOSE

A CT Secondary Circuit M Motor Control
special Circuit
B Bus Bar Protection N Transformer Tap
C Protection AC Circuit Changer
(CT ) S Control Circuit
D Metering Circuit Marking of Sec. CT
E PT Secondary Polarity
F Fan Control Circuit U Used for spare wires
H LT AC Supply
J DC Main Circuit X Used for spare wires
K Control (Trip, Close
etc
L Alarm, Indication,
Annunciation Circuit
2. DEVICE IDENTIFICATION CODE
CODE NO. FUCTION /DEFINITION

1 Master Element
2 Time Delay Starting or Closing Relay
3 Checking or Inter locking Relay
4 Master Contactor
9 Reversing Device
12 Over Speed Device
13 Synchronous- Speed Device
14 Under Speed Device
20 Electric Operated Device
21 Distance Protection Relay
22 Equalizer Circuit Breaker

CODE NO FUCTION /DEFINITION
23 Temp. Control Device
25 Synchronism Check Device
26 Apparatus Thermal Device
27 Under voltage Relay
29 Isolator Contactors
30 Annunciation Relays
34 Motor Operated Sequence Switch.
37 Under Power Relay
40 Field Failure Relay
43 Manual Transfer Selector Switch
47 Phase Sequence Voltage Relay
49 Thermal Relays (Machine/ Transformer)
50/50N Instant O/C Relay/ Instant E/F Relay
51/51N AC Time Delay O/C Relay/ E/F Relay
52 AC Circuit Breaker
52a/52b CB Aux. Switch – N/O, CB Aux. Switch – N/C
53 Exciter of DC Generator Relay
54 High Speed DC Circuit Breaker
55 Power Factor Relay
57 Short Circuiting Or Ground Device
59 Over Voltage Relay
60 Voltage Relay
61 Current balance Relay
63 Liquid- Gas pressure level Relay (Buch.)
64 REF Protective Relay
65 Governor
67/67N AC Directional O/C Relay / E/F Relay
68 Blocking Relay
69 Permissive Control Device
72 DC Circuit Breaker
74 Alarm Relay
76 Dc O/C Relay
78 Phase Angle Measure/ OUT of Step Protn.
79 AC Reclosing Relay
80 DC Fail Supervision Relay
81 Tripping or Trip free Relay
83 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay

CODE NO. FUCTION /DEFINITION
85 Frequency Relay
87 Automatic Sel. Control / Transfer Relay
88 Carrier or Pilot wire Receive Relay
89 Master Relay (Locking –out Relay)
90 Differential Protective Relay
91 Aux. Motor or Motor Generator
92 Line Switch (Isolator)
94 Regulating Device
95 Voltage Directional Relay
96 Power Dir. Relay
3. SYMBOLS USED
SL. No Symbols Meanings
1. Over Current
2 V Over Voltage
ů
3 V Under Voltage
4 Z Distance Relay
5 X Balanced or Diff. Current
6 Over Frequency
7 Under Frequency

SL. No Symbols Meanings
8 T Over Temp.
9 Ф Balanced Phase
10 X Pilot Wire
PW
11 Dirr. O/C
12 Z Dir. Distance
13 CC Carrier Pilot
14 I O/c Ground with

Instant Element
15 B X Bus Current Diff.
16 B X Bus Ground Diff.

4. SYMBOL AND DESIGNATIONS BASED ON THE
(INTERNATIONAL ELECTRO TECHNICAL
COMMISSION STANDARD) IEC 617 - SERIES
AND IEEE C37.2 – 1991
4.1 GENERAL BLOCKS
Symbols Meanings Symbols Meanings

Coil with flag indication
* Protection (ON)
relay
Protection
*
EN
relay with Coil with no flag
enable input
3phase O/C relay with

Protection settable delay
*
EN
relay with
blocking
input
Under impedance relay
Coil with flag
indication
(OFF
Direction E/F Relay with mechanical

current relay contracts (Auto reset
with one input
(current) and
after
(voltage), and
one for block

4.2 PARAMETERS, SYMBOLS AND FUNCTIONS

I Reverse current Drop out delay
Id Differential Inverse time lag

current characteristics
Inf Current of nth Step
Harmonic
I1 , Ip Positive LO Lockout
sequence current
I2 , In - Xe sequence TCS Trip circuit supervision
current
I0 , Ip Zero sequence O I Transition from OFF to

current ON position (e.g.: Auto
reclose
Irsd Residual current I O Tripping
Id Current to frame X/Y Translation of signal
IN-N Current between > Operation above a set

neutral and two value
poly phase
system
IN Current on < Operation below a set
neutral value
Iub Unbalance > Operation outside set

current < limits (e.g. voltage
regulation)
Thermal effect Make contract (Self reset)
by current (Normally open)
U Voltage Break contact (Self reset)
(Normally close)

P Active power Change over contract
(Break before make)
Pα Power at phase Time delay (drop off)
angle
Q Reactive power Time delay (pick up)
θ Temperature Normally open contract

(Hand reset)
Fault, Flash over. Normally close contact
(Hand reset)
Thermal effect Positional contact (Bold
marked position in
considered)
Delay Push button (Normally
open)
P.T, V.T Fuse
Isolator Link
Breaker C.T.
CVT Wave trap
Note: for study of drawing: always refer the index legends etc.
5. CODE OF PRACTICE BY M/S ABB LTD.
5.1 TERMINAL BLOCKS
EXTERNAL CIRCUIT INTERNAL CIRCUIT
TB PURPOSE TB PURPOSE
X01 CT Circuit X11 CT Circuit
X02 PT Circuit X12 PT Circuit
X03 DC Supply X13 DC Supply
X04 Control Circuit X14 Control Circuit
X05 AC Supply X15 AC Supply
X07 Annunciation, AlarmCircuit X17 Annunciation, AlarmCircuit

5.2 EQUIPMENT/ DEVICE TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION
FOR M/S ABB LTD
5.2.1 Modular identification: - It is designated by co-ordinate

system of U and C/TE
U Height of module
C/TE Horizontal distance between mounting holes (width of
module)
Note: Modular's upper left corner U and C/TE co-ordinate
is taken.
01 17 25 37
1
101 325 137
5.2.2 Modular Terminal Identification
E.g.101: 26 101, 137, 325 - are modular number

137: 321 26, 321, 222 - Terminal number
325: 222
Note: For detail refer combiflex identification. IN ABB

MANUAL

1. CLASSIFICATIONS
 Apparatus Protection
(Generator, Motor, Transformer, breaker etc.. )
 Bus Protection
 Line Protection
2. GENERATOR PROTECTION
2.1 Class A Protection
INITIATION OF INTERMED ACTION OF CIRCUIT

RELAYS IATE AUX. BREAKER
RELAY
32G
Trip Gen. CB
87G Trip Field. CB

87GT Trip Turbine
87UAT Trip UAT BkrA
64G1 Class A Trip Trip UAT BkrB
64G2 Relay Initiate 6.6 KV CB
59G 86G Initiate LBB
99GT Arm- Reheater Protection
64REF Block Closing of Gen. CB
51UAT Block Field CB
50UAT
64R II STAGE
Rotor Over Voltage
Excite Transf. O/C
Buch. PRDS
GT1,UAT1

2.2 Class B Protection
INITIATION OF INTERMEDIATE ACTION OF CIRCUIT

RELAYS AUX. RELAY BREAKER
46G
40G
21GB (II STAGE )
81 TRIP TURBINE
GCB (OPEN)
STATER CONDN. Class B Trip Relay TRIP UAT CB
HIGH 86T
WATER FLOW LOW

AUTO & MANUAL Initiate 6.6 KV CB
PULSE FAIL
THYRISTOR
COOLING
FAN SUPPLY FAIL
FCB CLOSE
TRANS. OIL TEMP. ARM.REHEATER
& WINDING PROTECTION
2.3 Class C Protection
INITIATION OF ACTION OF CIRCUIT

RELAYS INTERMEDIAT BREAKER
E AUX. RELAY
81U/F TRIP GEN. CB
B/B PROTECTION
21GB IST. STAGE H.P/L.P BYPASS FAST OPN.
46G IST STAGE Class C Trip
Relay
86 GB
SING. GT INITIATE LBB
98G (POLE SLIP)

2.4 Proposed Protection Equipments for different types of
Generators
Generator Size I II III IV V

Protection 0–4 4 –15 15 – 50 50 – 200 Large Turbo
MVA MVA MVA MVA Alternator
Rotor Overload X
Rotor E/F X X X X X
Inter turn Fault X 4 X 4 X 4 X
Differential X X X X
Generator
Diff. Block X X X X
Transformer
Under frequency X 3 X 3 X 3 4
Over Voltage X X X X X
Stator E/F X X X X X
Loss of Excitation X X X X
Pole- Slip (Out of X X
Step)
Reverse Power X 1 X 5 X 5 X 5 X
Under Impendence X 2 X X
Unbalance X 7 X 7 X X
(I2 Current)
Over Current X 6 X 6
(Definite Time)
Stator Over Load X
Over Current / X 6 X 6
Under Voltage
Dead Machine X X X
Breaker Failure X X X
Note: - 1- Only necessary for Steam and Diesel Drives
2. Only necessary for Thyristor excitation from Generator terminals
3. Only necessary for Pump operation.
4. Only necessary for when several Bars of the same phase in the same slot
5. Not necessary for PELTON turbines
6. O/ C should not be used with self supported static excitation system
7. When unbalance load is expected
8. X- Required

2.5 THERMAL PLANT UNIT PROTECTIONS
SL. BOILER TURBINE GENERATOR

NO PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
1 Loss of unit critical Protection System Generator Differential
DC Power Power Failure Protection
2 Less than fire ball Low Condenser Overall Differential
Loss of AC at any vacuum (2 protection
elevation in service Channels)
3 Very low drum water Thrust bearing UAT’ s diff. Protection
level for more than 5 Oil pressure high
Secs (2 Channels)
4 Very high drum High Shaft Over fluxing protection
water level for more vibrations
than 10 Secs
5 Failure of both FD Electrical over Loss of Excitation
fans speed protection
6 Failure of both ID Main steam Negative phase sequence
fans Temp. Very low protection
7 Unit air flow as low High exhaust Backup Impendence
as 30 % steam Temp. protection
8 Furnace pressure Over frequency Over voltage protection
very low Protection
9 High furnace Digital Electro Under Frequency
pressure hydraulic control Protection
power failure
10 Loss of Fuel (3 out of Failure of CWPS Over Load protection
4 nozzle valves open)
11 Unit flame failure All valves mainly Pole stop Protection
trip main stop valve,
reheat stop
valves, interrupt
control valves
closure
12 Loss of Re-heater Under Frequency Generator Under voltage
protection Protection associated with loss of
excitation protection
13 Loss of 220 V DC Reverse power 95 % back charging stator
protection E/F protection
14 Mechanical Over 95 % stator E/F protection
speed protection

SL. BOILER TURBINE GENERATOR
NO PROTECTION PROTECTION PROTECTION
15 Low auto stop Oil 100 % stator E/F protection
pressure
16 Reheat protection Excitation field protection
17 ATRS emergency Dead machine relaying
turbine trip under independent GCB
closure
18 Protection of VT fuse
19 Protection for GT restricted
E/F Protection
3. MOTOR PROTECTION
1 O/L Protection
2 S.C. Protections
3 E/F Protections
4 Start Protections
5 Prolonged starts
6 Stalling protections During starting
During running
7 Loss of load
8 Under voltage protection

4. TRANSFORMER PROTECTION
4.1 Requirement of relays
CAPACITY BACK UP GAS TEMP DIFF NEUT. OVE
OF OPERAT PROT REL REF DISPL NEUT. R
TRANSFOR ED ECTI AY REL RELAY FLUX
MER RELAY ON AY O/C
3 2 E/F B O P O W
O/C O/C U S R T TI RELAY
C R V I
H
UP TO 5 - R R R O - R R O O - O -
MVA
5 to 12.5 R - R R R O R R R O O R O
MVA
ABOVE 12.5 R - R R R R R R R R O O R
MVA Dir. Dir.
AUTO R - R R R R R R R R - O R
TRANS. Dir. Dir.
Inst. Inst.
R - REQUIRED, O – OPTIONAL (--) NOT REQUIRED

4.2 CIRCUIT FOR DIFF. PROTECTION (TRANSFORMER )
Transformer Sec. CT Transformer Sec. CT

Winding Diff. Winding Diff. Remark
Connection Connection Connection Connection
Dy1 Y1d Y d1 D1y 
1. D1
 Yd11 Dy11
Connection
corresponds
( IR - IB)
Dy11 Y11d Y d11 D11y  2. D11
Yd1 Dy1 Connection
corresponds
( I R - Iy )
PRIMARY SIDE P2 TERMINAL OF CT CONVENTIONALLY
TOWARDS TRANSFORMER
4.3 BUCHHOLTZ RELAY
4.3.1 Data:
1) Works on principal of BUOYANCY of liquid.

2) Position on pipe bent tank and conservator
3) Angle of inclination of pipe with horizontal 5 to 10
4) Length of straight run pipe section
(I) Transformer to relay = 5D (min)

(II) Relay to conservator = 3D ( min )
D : Dia of pipe
5) Vertical position of relay from tank = 8 cm ( min )
6) Gas volume for Alarm operation
Trans. Size Pipe dia Setting range Normal setting

Upto 1 MVA 2.5 cm 100 - 120cc 110cc
1 to 10 MVA 5 cm 185 - 250cc 220cc
10MVA and above 7.5 cm 220 - 280cc 250cc
7) Operating time 0.2 Sec

8) Diagnosis of Troubles from color of gas collected
Colour Identification Colour Identification
Colorless Air Grey Gas of overheated oil due
to burn of iron
White Gas of decomposed Black Gas of decomposed oil
/Milky paper and cloth due to elect. Arc.
insulation
Yellow Gas of decomposed
wood insulation
4.4 PRV (PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE)
4.4.1 Data: 1 required / Universal for nitrogen cushioned transformer and

optional for conservator type transformer
4.4.2 Data: 2 Alarm -0.32 kg/cm²/sec, Trip - 0.6 kg/cm²/sec
4.4.3 Data: 3 Work on the principle of activation bellow due to pressure
4.5 OTI (OIL TEMP. INDICATOR)
4.5.1 DATA: 1 Work on the principle of volumetric change in bellow and

corresponding conversion on scale due to temperature.
4.5.2 DATA: 2 Temp. Rise above ambient ( TABLE)
Type of winding Top oil find temp rise Winding temp rise on
on F.L condition F.L. condition
OA, OW 50ºC 55ºC
OA / FA 50ºC 55ºC
OA / FA / FOA 45ºC 50ºC 50ºC
FOA
FOW
4.6 WTI (WINDING TEMP. INDICATOR)
4.6 .1 DATA: 1 Bellow (Bourdon tube) and shunt network, being connected to
WCT (Winding Ct), simulates the temp. Gradient,
(proportionate with load current) and provides reading on the
scale.
4.6.2 DATA: 2 Max. Heater coil current ≤ 2 Amps
4.6.3 DATA: 3 Standard bellow heater = (2.5 ± 0.1) Ω at 30ºC

4.6.4 DATA :-4 TEEMPERATURE Vrs CURRENT SIGNAL CHARACTRISTICS FOR RTD
( REMOTE THERMAL; DEVICE ) BS 1904 & DIN IEC 751
TEMP RESISTANCE OUT PUT SIGNAL OUT PUT SIGNAL OUT PUT SIGNAL
IN O C 0-5mA 0-20mA 4-20mA
L0 Nom. Hi L0 Nom. Hi L0 Nom. Hi
0 100.00 - 0 0.050 - 0 0.200 3.800 4.000 4.200
10 103.90 0.283 0.333 0.383 1.333 1.333 1.533 4.867 5.067 5.267
20 107.79 0.617 0.667 0.717 2.467 2.667 2.867 5.933 6.133 6.333
30 111.67 0.950 1.000 1.050 3.800 4.000 4.200 7.000 7.200 7.400
40 115.54 1.283 1.333 1.383 5.333 5.333 5.533 8.067 8.267 8.467
50 119.40 1.617 1.667 1.717 6.467 6.667 6.867 9.133 9.333 9.533
60 123.24 1.950 2.000 2.050 7.800 8.000 8.200 10.200 10.400 10.600
70 127.07 2.283 2.333 2.383 9.333 9.333 9.533 11.267 11.467 11.667
80 130.89 2.617 2.667 2.717 10.467 10.667 10.867 12.333 12.533 12.333
90 134.70 2.950 3.000 3.050 11.800 12.000 12.200 13.400 13.600 13.800
100 138.50 3.283 3.333 3.383 13.333 13.333 13.533 14.467 14.667 14.867
110 142.29 3.617 3.667 3.717 14.467 14.667 14.867 15.573 15.733 15.933
120 146.06 3.950 4.000 4.050 15.800 16.000 16.200 16.600 16.800 17.000
130 149.82 4.283 4.333 4.383 17.333 17.333 17.533 17.667 17.867 18.067
140 153.58 4.617 4.667 4.717 18.467 18.667 18.867 18.733 18.933 19.133
150 157.31 4.950 5.000 5.050 19.800 20.000 20.200 19.800 20.000 20.200

5. BREAKER PROTECTION
1 Pole discrepancy Relay (PDR)
2 Local Breaker Back up relay (LBB)
5.1 TIME CHART OF PDR: -
Breaker Close Pole

Operation Discrepancy
Normal Breaker Close Time ∆t PDR Operation Tripping Margin

Time Contact
∆ t Mismatch allowable closing time between poles

T It should be less than timing of unbalances current relay and zone 2 time of D.P. relay.

5.2. TIME CHART OF LBB RELAY: -
(Fault
Occurrence )
Normal Clearing Time
(1 ) ( 2) (3) Margin
Set time for Time Meas. Unit (4) (5) Margin
Breaker
Fail Relay Starts
Total Clearing time of LBB Relay
Maxim. Fault clearing time before system Instability
(1) Protection Relay operation Time (Ex. DP Relay)

(2) Breaker Interruption Time
(3) Resetting Time Current Measuring Unit
(4) Trip Relay Time
(5) Back up Breaker Interruption Tim

.6. BUS PROTECTION
1 High impedance circulating current protection.
2 Biased Differential circulating current protection.
7. LINE PROTECTION
1 Main Protection (Distance Protection)
2 B/U Protection (O/C, E/F Protn.)
7.1 MAIN PROTECTION (DISTANCE PROTECTION)

7.1.1 STANDARD 3 ZONE PROTECTION
1st Method
Zone 1 80% of protected line.
* Zone 2 100% of protected line + 50% of shorted
adjacent
* * Zone 3 100% of protected line +100% of longest
adjacent line.
* Maximum zone 2 reach should be within the
minimum effective Zone 1 reach of
adjacent line.
** Maximum effective Zone 3 reach should cover the
second section of line.
2nd. Method
For available of the following data zone selection
standard should be as follows
a3 = 0.85 ( a + k b2)
a2 = 0.85 ( a + k b1)
a1 = 0.85 a b1
a b2
A B C
NOTE Z1 :- a1 = 0.85 a ( Zone 1 ), Z2 :- a2 = 0.85 ( a + k b1 )
Z3 :- A3 = 0.85 ( a + k b2) = Zone 3
k = ( IA + IB ) / IA ,
Where IA = Service current on Station A
IB = Service current on Station B

7.1.2 TIME STANDARD
Accepted fault clearance Selection of DP Relay Time

timing of EHV line.
System Time Zone Time
400 kV 80 ms Zone 1 Instant Relay operation
time ( 30 to 40 mS )
220 kV 100 ms Zone 2 0.2 to 0.5 S
≤132 kV 150 ms Zone 3 0.4 to 1 S
Reverse Zone 1 to 2 S
7.1.3 MINIMUM DE- ENERGISATION TIME

( FOR 3 PHASE DISCONNECTION ON
TRANSMISSIOM LINE
Line KV Minimum De- Line KV Minimum De-
Energisation Energisation
Time in Sec. Time in Sec.
66 0.1 220 0.28
110 0.15 275 0.3
132 0.17 400 0.5
7.1.4 FAULT, VOLTAGE AND CURRENT

INVOLVEMENT IN TRANSMISSION LINE
Phase - Earth Fault Phase - Phase Fault

Voltage Current Fault Voltage Current Fault
Va Ia + 3KIo a-g Vab Ia - Ib a-b
Vb Ib + 3KIo b-g Vbc Ib - Ic b-c
Vc Ic + 3KIo c-g Vca Ic - Ia c-a
Where K = Zero seq. compensation - factor
= ( Zo - Z1 ) / 3Z 1
Zo - Zero Seq. impendance
Z1 - +ve - Seq. impendance
Io = Zero Seq. current

7.1.5 ARC - RESISTANCE FORMULA
(A.R. VAN C. WARRING TON)
1st Method: -
Ra = 28707 (L + ut) / I 1.4

L = Length of arc (Length of Insulator String) in mtr.
U = Wind velocity in Km/hr
I = Actual fault current in Amp.
2nd Method: -
Ra = (440 x Arc length in feet)

Fault current
7.1.6 DATA ON ARC ON THE TRANSMISSION LINE
Arc Resistance of Line Sec. Voltage due to Arc for

220 KV Line, Arc Distance
1.12mtr and PTR 2000
Line Length Ra (Arc Fault Sec. Voltage in
Voltage in In Mtr Resistance) Current mV
KV Ohm in KAmp.
33 1.22 2.5 40 221
132 3.66 8.6 20 292
220 6.7 12.8 10 386
400 8.3 18 5 509
2 735
1 970
7.1.7 TYPE OF D.P. RELAY

I Impedance
ii Reactance
iii Mho or Admittance
iv Ohm
v Offset mho
vi Modified impedance
vii Elliptical
viii Quadrilateral
ix parallelogram

7.1.8 D.P RELAY SETTING CALCULATION
7.1.8.1 Data – Assumed line parameter data
Line Voltage R X Yc
ohm/ ohm/ µ mho/ph/km
ph/km ph/km
132kv Panther 0.151 0.401 1.43
220kv Zebra 0.078 0.402 1.44
400kv Twin Moose 0.031 0.327 1.73
7.1.8.2 Formulae for parameter calculation
1 #R1 = ρ l /a ohm/ ph/km

# R1 -+ve Sequence Resistance
(Usually given in conductor data)
2 X1 = 2 π f x 2 x 10 –4 ln (Dm / Ds) ohm /ph/km

X1 = +ve seq. reactance
Dm = Mutual Geometric Mean Distance
= (Dmab x Dmbc x Dmca) 1/ 3
Dmab = Mutual GMD between 'A' and 'B'
conductor of the Line
Dmbc = conductor between 'B' and 'C'
Dmca = Between 'C' and 'A' conductors
Ds = Self GMD
Note: - For Double circuit loop reactance = 2 X 1
3 Ro = Zero sequence resistance

= ( R1+ 0.00477f /1.609) ohm/ph/km
4. Xo = Zero seq. reactance Ohm/ph/km

= (0. 01397 f /1.609) x log 10 De / (GMR conductor x
GMD 2 sep) 1 / 3 ohm/ph/km
De = Equivalent depth return in mtr
= 658 x √ (ρ / f)
ρ = Earth Resistivity in ohm-mtr
GMR conductor = Self radius = 0.7788 r
GMD sep = (Dab x Dbcx Dca) 1/ 3
Dab= Distance Between A & B Conductor ,

Dbc = Between B & C, Dca=Between C & A
5 Rom = Zero seq mutual resistance
Rom = 0.00477f ohm/ph/km

1.609
6 Xom = Zero seq. mutual reactance
= ( 0. 01397 f /1.609 ) x log 10 (De / GMD eq ) ohm
/ph/km
(GMD)eq = ninth root of products of all nine possible
distance between two circuit
7.1.8.3 Minimum Load Impedance (Z L )
Z L =(U² / MVA)
Where U = Line to Line voltage,

MVA = Maximum permitted load
= (Umin. / √ 3 I max.)
7.1.8.4 Conversion to secondary value
Z Sec = Z pri x C.T.R

P.T.R
Base = P.U x KV²
impedance value 100
7.1.8.5 Zero seq. compensation factor (KN )
i. KN = (Zo – Z1) / 3Z1, When mutual zero seq. impedance

is not considered.
= (Xo – X1 ) / 3X1 ,
-¹ -¹
ii. K 0 angle = Tan (Xo - X1) / (Ro - R1) --Tan (X1) / R1
iii. KNP = (Xo +Xom - X1 ) / 3X1 , When parallel system in

normal operation
iv. KNG = (Xo² - X²om - XoX1 ) / 3XoX1 For parallel

system is out of service

and grounded at both
ends.
7.1.9 POSSIBLE LENGTH OF LINE AND OPTIMUM

POWER TO BE TRANSMITTED.
Possible optimum power transmission Possible length in KM

Line voltage KV Line loading KW - KM Length Line Max.
Minimum
11 24x10³ - -
33 200x10³ - -
66 600x10³ 40 120
110 11x10 6 50 140
132 20x10 6 50 160
166 35x10 6 80 180
230 90x10 6 100 300
7.1.10 SUITABILITY OF RELAY PERFORMANCE
7.1.10.1 1st Method: -
Minimum voltage at relay: -
S.I.R: - System Impedance Ratio

= Source Impedance
Relay setting impedance
C.I.R: -Characteristics Impedance Ratio

= Maximum value of system impedance ratio
=E-V
V
E - P.T. Secondary voltage
V - Minimum voltage at relay
Zs = (KV² ) / (MVA) Fault/source = Source impedance
IF = KV for 3Ø fault current

√ 3 (Zs +ZL)
ZL = Line Impedance

Vrelay = E/ (1+Zs / ZL)
7.1.10.2 2nd Method: -
i. Ph - Ph fault
Vrelay = (√ 3 ZL x I F) / PTR OR VT Ratio
ii. Ph - Earth fault

Vrelay = (IF x Zre) / VT ratio
Zre - Earth loop impedance = ZL1 (1 + (K-1)/3)
Where K = ZLo / ZL1,
ZLo = Zero sequence impedance,
ZL1 = +re sequence impedance
7.1.11 SELECTION OF POWER SWING BLOCK
1 (Block Z1 = OFF), (Block Z2 Z3 = ON)
2 During PS (Δ Z / Δ t)  Slow
7.2 O/C AND E/F PROTECTION
1 Non-Dir B/U Protection ,

2 Directional B/U Protection
7.2.1 TYPE
(a) Definite Time relay

(b) Inverse Definite Minimum Time Lag Relay (IDMTL)
(i) Normal Inverse (NI)
(ii) Very Inverse (VI)
(iii) Extremely Inverse (EI)
(iv) Long time Inverse (LTI)
7.2.2 OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS (IDMTL

RELAY) (IEC 255-4 BS 142, 3.2)
t = K x Tm Where t =Operating time in Second

( I / Is) C -- 1 I = Fault current in Amp.

Is = start current = 1. 1 IB in Amp
Tm = Time Multiplier
Value of 'K' and 'C'
Type K C
NI 0.14 0.02
VI 13.5 1.0
EI 80 2.0
LTI 120 1.0
7.2.3 ERRORS OF IDMTL RELAY (AS PER BS 142 LIMITS)
Operating Any PS and 1.0 time 100% Plug setting and

current setting 1.0 time setting
(Multiple of % Sec % Sec
plug setting)
2 ± 24.15 ± 2.42 ± 16.65 ± 1.67
5 ± 15.98 ± 0.69 ± 8.48 ± 0.36
10 ± 15.08 ± 0.45 ± 7.58 ± 0.23
20 ± 15.00 ± 0.33 ± 7.5 ± 0.17
7.2.4 O/C + E/F RELAY HIGH SET SETTING
7.2.4.1 Max. 3Ø Short circuit current
(i) (At beginning of line) I max = U / √ 3 Zs,

(ii) (AT end) I max = U / √ 3 (Zs+ZL)
(iii) (Source impedance) = Zs = KV² / MV A
7.2.4.2 Minimum setting of relay

Imin = 1.3 Imax
Safety factor 1.2
Irelay = 1.2 Imin
7.2.4.3 O/C Highest

Relay setting = (Irelay) / CTR
7.2.4.4 E/F High set

=O/C High set
3
7.2.5 DIRECTIONAL B/U RELAY (O/C)

Relationship between MTA (Maximum Torque Angle)
and relay connection of O/C relay
Connection
Relay MTA
Aph Bph Cph
connec
tion Curr Volt Curre Volta Curren Voltage
angle ent age nt coil ge coil t coil coil
coil coil
30º 0º Ia Vac Ib Vba Ic Vcb
60º 0º Iab Vac Ibc Vba Ica Vcb
Type 1
60º 0º Ia - Vc Ib - Va Ic - Vb
Type 2
90º 30º Ia Vbc Ib Vca Ic Vab
Lead
90º 45º Ia Vbc Ib Vca Ic Vab
Lead
7.2.6 DIRECTIONAL B/U RELAY (E/F)
Relay Connection
characteristic Current coil Voltage coil
angle
12.5º (lag) Residual Current Residual Voltage
14º (lag) I0 = IA + IB + = Open Delta Secondary
45º (lag) IC Voltage
60º (lag)

7.2.7 CONTACTS, TERMINALS FOR OTHER RELAYS OF GEC ALSTOM MAKE
Sl Model Standard CONTACTS Current Voltage Aux.

No Alarm Trip Terminal Terminal DC
1 MVAA23 Two unit/Case 23-25 15-17 13-14 220-250V
9-11 1-3 27-28
2 MCAG34 THREE/Case 2-4 1-3 23-24, # 24-26-28
25-26,27-28 # SHOTRTED
3 MCAG14 Single unit/Case 2-4 1-3 27-28
4 MCGG22 Single unit/Case 6-7 1-2 27-28 13-14

8-10 15-16
5 MCGG62 THREE/Case 36-37 29-30 21-22 13- 14
33-35 41-42 23-24, 25-26 # # 22-24-26
SHORTED
6 MBCH12 Single 9-11 1-3 23-25-27
Unit/Case 2-4
7 MVAP22 23-25-27
8 MCVG62 25-23-21 Short
37&42,
41&46,
38&45
9 MWTU11 27-28 25-23-21
10 MCND04 7-9 13-14
18-20
11 MYTU04 7-9 6-8 13-14
12 MVTU12 4-16 27-28
13 MCSU 4-6 1-3 27-28 13-14

7.2.8 CONTACTS, TERMINALS FOR B/U RELAYS OF DIFF. MANUFACTURERS
Make Type Standard Alarm Trip Current Volta Aux.

Norm Insta Terminal ge DC
al nt
Single 1,2 3,4 11,12 9,10 - 5,6
ER IDMT NON-DIR unit/Case
TJM10, 2TJM10, Multi 1,2 3,4 11,12 (5,6-R), (7,8-Y), -
TJM20, TJM11, unit/Case (9,10-B)
2TJM10, TJM21 3O/C
Multi 1,2 3,4 11,12 (5,6-R), (7,8-E/F), -
unit/Case (9,10-B)
2O/C, E/F
Single 1,2 3,4 11,12 9,10 5,6 -
ER IDMT DIR. unit/Case
TJM12, 2TJM12, O/C
TJM22 Single 1,2 3,4 11,12 9,10 5,6 -
unit/Case
E/F
Single 1,2 3,4 - 9,10 - -
ER IDMT NON-DIR unit/Case
E/F TYPE E/F
TJM60
ER IDMTL 1,2 3,4 3,4 (5,6-R), -

PROGRAMME Multi ( 7,8-Y),(9,10-B),
DCD, MIT unit/Case (11,12-E/F)

Make Type Standard Alarm Trip Current Volta Aux.
Terminal ge DC
Norm Insta
al nt
EE IDMT NON-DIR Single 1,2 3,4 3,6 9,10 3,8
ALSTOM CDG11, 12,13,14 unit/Case
EE IDMT NON-DIR Multi 1,2 3,4 (5,6-R),( 7,8-Y), - 3,12
ALSTOM CDG31, 32,33,34 unit/Case (9,10-B) OR20
CDG61, 62 3O/C
Multi 1,2 3,4 (5,6-R), (7,8-E/F), - 3,
unit/Case (9,10-B) 12
2O/C, E/F OR20
EE IDMT DIR Single 1,2 3,4 9,10 7,8 3,6
ALSTOM CDD 21, 23, 24,26 unit/Case OR 20
CDD 31,33,34,36
EE DEF. TIME Multi 1,2 3,4 3,17 (5,6-R), (7,8-E/F), - 19,20
ALSTOM DELAY element/Case (9,10-B) 30V DC
CTU32
EE INSTANT Single 1,2 - 3,4 9,10 - -
ALSTOM CAG11, 12,13,14, unit/Case
17, 19
JVS IDMT NON-DIR Multi 11,12 13,14 - (1,2-R),( 3,4 -Y), - 20,19
JRC053 element/Case (5,6-B), (7,8-E/F)
JYOTI IDMT NON-DIR Single 9,10 11,12 - 7,8 - 1,2
unit/Case
ABB IDMT NON-DIR Single 5,6 7,8 - 1,2 - 3,4
ICM21P unit/Case
UE IDMT NON-DIR Single 9,10 1,2 - 7,8 - 1,4
R-1156 unit/Case

7.2.9 CONTACTS, TERMINALS FOR DIFFERATIONAL RELAYS.
CURRENT TERMINALS
Trip
Volt
Make
Type
Alarm
Standar
DC
d
Aux.
HT Side LT Side (BIAS) Operating Point
(COMMON)
R Y B r y b R0 Y0 B0
ER 4C21 Single unit / 1,2 3,4 10 10 10 9 9 9 7 7 7 -
Case
DUO- Multi unit / Module 2 (RL1, 3 6 13 3 6 13 1+1 4+4 11+11 220 V
BIAS M Case RL2) General DC
Command During Test both HT & LT
Terminals to be shorted (Ex.
1+1)
ABB RADSB -do- 15, 16 17,18 6 7 8 3 4 5 12 13 14 1,2
DTH31 -do- 1,2 3,4 14 18 10 11 15 7 12 16 8 5- 110 V
EE 6- 220 V
ALST 19- 30V
OM 20 - --ve
DTH32 -do- 1,2 3,4 7 17 27 10 20 30 8 or 9 18 or 19 28 or 29 11- 30 V
Short Short Short 13- 110 V
(8 +9) (18 + (28 15–220 V
19) +29) 12 - - ve
EE DDT Single unit / 1,2 3,4 10 10 10 5 5 5 7 7 7 3- + ve
ALST Case 8 --- ve
OM DDT Multi unit / 1,2 3,4 5 18 13 10 20 11 6 16 14 3- + ve
Case 8 --- ve
MBCH Single unit / 9, 11 1,3 25 25 25 23 23 23 27 27 27 13- + ve
12 (2 Case 14 -- ve
Winding Short (24 +26 +28) 220 V
MBCH -do- 9,11 1,3 25 25 25 23 23 23 27 27 27 13- + ve
13 (3 or or or 14 --- ve
Winding 21 21 21 220 V

1. BREAKERS
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
Sl.no Particulars 33KV 132KV 220KV 400KV
1 System voltage (kv) 36 145 245 420
2 System frequency (H2) 50 50 50 50
Oil,
Vacuum, Oil, Air blast SF6 (Puffer)
Quenching medium Air blast
Oil SF6 (puffer) Air blast
3 SF6
Spring
Spring
Hydraulic Air
Operating medium Spring Hydraulic
Air Pressure
Air pressure
4 pressure
5 Insulation standard
(a) Lightning Impulse

voltage (KVp) (1.2/50µ) 170 650 1050 1425
(b) Power frequency
withstand voltage (kv)
1min/50Hz) 70 275 460 520
( c) Minimum disruptive
voltage (kV) 28 105 176 320
6 Normal current (A) 1250 1250/1600 2000 2000/3150
Short time current withstand
7 capacity (KA)(3 sec) 25 40 40 40
Fault Rating
(i) Making capacity (KA) 70 100 100 100
(ii) Breaking capacity (KA) 25 40 40 40
8 (iii) Breaking current out of
ph (KA) 6.5 10 10 10
(iv) Rated time charging
current (A) 50 50 125 400
(v) Over voltage factor for
switching 3.0 ≤ 3.0 ≤ 3.0 ≤ 3.0
9 Operating Sequence
(a) Normal O-10s-CO-3min-CO
(b) Auto Reclose O-0.3s-CO-3min-CO

Sl.no Particulars 33KV 132KV 220KV 400KV
TRV (Transient Recovery
Voltage) First phase to clear
10 factor 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3
Breaker operating time
(i) Maxm break time
(Open) ms 60 50 50 40
(ii) Maxm Close time (ms) 100 150 150 120
(iii) Maxm Close -Open
11 time (ms) - 80 80 60
(iv) Maxm time open
interval between 1st and last
phase (ms) 5 3.3 3.3 3.3
(v) Maxm time close
interval between poles. 5 2 1 1

2. CURRENT TRANSFORMER
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
RATIO OF THE CT NUMBER OF RATED BURDEN AND CLASS OF

CORES FACTORS ACCURACY
Items ≤ 33 ≥ 33 CT No Of Core Burden Factors Core Acc.
KV KV Ratin Cores ( VA) Class
In door Out g
Door
Ratio Single Multi ≤ 33 3 Cores Metering 2.5,5, ISF METE 0.1,
Ratio Ratio KV (Metering, 7.5,10, (5, 10, 20) RING 0.2
Protection, 15,30 0.5,
Diff.) ALF 1, 3, 5
Primary Suitably 5 Cores (5,10,15,20,3 PROTEC (5P,
Current (10,15,20,30 Metering 0) TION 10P
50,75) Multiple Protection, 2.5,5, Voltage 15P) *
or Fraction ≥ 66 Differential Protectio 7.5,10, Across CT =
KV Bus Prot., n 15,30 (Burden X
Dist. Prot. ALF)/ Rated
Current
Secondary 1A or 5 A Rated Short time SELE
Current Current TIVE PS * *
Ist = 150 Ip for 1 Sec. PROTE
CTION
NOTES OF THE TABLE (2.1 ) ON THE NEXT PAGE.

* Accuracy class is usually followed by ALF (5P10, 5P15, etc.)
** For accuracy Min. Knee Point Voltage (VK) and permissible Mag. Current (I mag) to be considered
NOTE 1: -VK = K Is (Rct + Rb), K= Parameter depends upon System fault level and characteristics of the Relay
Is = Sec. Reflected current
Rct = CT Sec. Resistance at 75 0 C
Rb = Resistance of Sec. Circuit with Lead
NOTE 2: - Imag = P mA at V K / FM, Imag = Max Allowable Mag. Current (mA)
P mA = Permissible Magnetizing Current ( m A )
Factor to be chosen 2 or 4, depending upon the application.
2.2 VOLTAGE CLASS AND INSULATION LEVEL
Nominal Highest Power Lightning Nominal Highest Power Lightning

System System Frequency Impulse System Voltage System Frequency Impulse
Voltage Voltage Withstand Withstand KV (RMS) Voltage Withstand Withstand
KV RMS KV RMS Voltage Voltage KV (RMS Voltage Voltage
KV RMS KV PEAK KV RMS KV PEAK
List 1 List 2 220 245 360 850
Upto 0.6 0.66 3 - - 395 950
3.3 3.6 10 20 40 460 1050
6.6 7.2 20 40 60 400 420 950 * 1175
11 12 28 60 75 1050 * 1300
33 36 70 145 170 1050* 1425
66 72.5 140 325 325 525 524 1050* 1425
110 123 185 450 1175* 1550
230 550 * Switching Impulse Withstand Voltage in KV (PEAK)
132 145 230 550
275 650

2.3 ERRORS IN CT
2.3.1 METERING CORE
Acc. ± % Current Ratio Error at ± Phase Angle displacement

Class % Of Rated Current Error in
Minutes at % of Rated Current
1% 5% 20% 100% 120% 1% 5% 20% 100% 120%
0.1 - 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.1 - 15 8 5 5
0.2 - 0.75 0.35 0.2 0.2 - 30 15 10 10
0.5 - 1.5 0.75 0.5 0.5 - 90 45 30 30
1.0 - 3.0 1.0 1.0
0.2s 0.75 0.35 0.2 0.2 0.2 30 15 10 10 10
0.5s 1.5 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 90 45 30 30 30
2.3.2 PROTECTION CORE
Acc. Current Error at Phase displacement at Rated Composite Error at

Class Rated Primary Primary Current (Minutes) Rated Acc. Primary
Current (%) Current (%)
5P ±1 ± 60 5
10P ±3 - 10
15P ±5 - 15

2.4 RELAY DETAIL FOR SELECTION OF
INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS
2.4.1 TRANSFORMERS DIFFERENTIALS
2.4.1.1. ALSTOM MAKE

1 Relay type:DTH 31/32
V k >40*I (R CT +2R L );Example: V k >40(1)(3+4) >280V
2. Relay type: MBCH 12/13
V k >24 In (R CT +2R L ) Where V k =Knee Point Voltage

In=Relay rated current, R L =Total Lead Resistance
Ie=<3%In at V k /4 for both above types of relays i.e.0.03I
i.e.30mA at V k /4
3. Relay type: KBCH, MiCOM P630 (Numerical)
Application Knee point Through fault If

voltage V K stability X/R
Transformers, Generators, 24In [R CT +2RI ] 40 15In
Generator transformers, Motors,
Shunt reactors, Series reactors also
Overall generator- transformer units, 48In [R CT +2RI 120 15In
transformers connected to a mesh 48In [R CT +2RI 40 40In
corner, having two sets of CTs each 120 15 In
Supplying separate relay inputs.
2.4.1.2 ABB MAKE
1. Relay type :RADSB (Static)(Medium impedance)
V K >30(R CT +2R L +Rre) In , >30(4+4+3)1, >330V

Note: Over current factor of 30 recommended
Excitation Current -Not applicable*

2. Relay type:SPAD346C (Stabilised diff. Relay)
V K >4xI max x (R in +R L )/n,

Where, n =Transformation ratio of CT>(R CT +R L +0.5/sq.of Isn)
Rin =Sec. Resistance of CT
2R L =Control cable (‘To &fro ’)resistance
Imax =Id/In>>set on relay (Range available 5 to 30, default set is 10)
3. Relay type:RET316 (Stabilised diff. Relay)
n ’ ==n (Pr +Pe) / (Pb +Pe), Where, n =ALF

n ’ ==Effective over current factor, is a function of fault current
I k ,freq and time constant of network, and read from graph in RET manual
Pb =connected burden at rated current, Pe =CT losses of sec windings
Pr =rated CT burden, DC time constant assumed is 300msec
*Not Applicable :-Relay provided with ‘ Magnetizing Inrush Restraint ’ based on

Second Har monic Content of the inrush current and hence ‘Imag ’ calculation is not
applicable...
2.4.1.3. EASUN REROLLE
1. Relay type:4C21 (Static)(Low impedance)
CT Class :PS, V K >2I f (R CT +R L +Rict (P))+(ICT V K x ICT ratio)

Example: V K >2 x 10.9375 (2+3+1)+(14.43/ 0.875) x 0.577 >140.75 Volts
R CT -Main CT resistance, Rict (P)-ICT primary winding resistance
R L -Lead resistance, I f -Max. thro fault current
2. Relay type: Duobias M(Numeric),

(Differential and Restricted Earth Fault)
V K >4xI(A+C), Where : I =Either max 3-phase through fault current referred

to secondary (as limited by transformer
impedance)or high-set setting, whichever is
greater.
A =Sec. winding resistance of each star connected CT
C =CT secondary loop resistance for internal faults.
CT Class recommended-PS,X to BS 3938,TPS to IEC-44-

2.4.2 GENERATOR DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION
2.4.2.1. ALSTOM
1. Relay type:CAG34 (High Impedance Scheme)
V K >2I f (R CT +2R L )
Example :V K >2x10(3+4) >140V
Where ,I f =sec. equivalent of Fault Current
Ie =Is-Ir =(0.15-0.10) /2 =25 m A at V K /2
2. Relay type: LGPG, MiCOM 340 (Numerical)
For voltage dependent, over current , field failure and negative phase,
sequence protection
V K >20In (R CT +2R L )
l For stator earth fault protection
V K >Is (R CT +2R L +RR)
2.For generator differential protection:
Low impedance diff. V K >50In (R CT +2R L )
High impedance diff V K >2 Vs
where Vs =1.5I f (R CT +2R L ), Rs =Vs/Is
3.Relay type:YTGM15,YCG15AA,ZTO11(Generator Backup)
V K >2If (R CT +2R L +M+CM), Where CM=connected burden
2.4.2.2. ABB
1. Relay type: RADHA /RADHD (High impedance )
V K >2I K (R CT +R L ), >2x25(4+3), >350V,

R L in case of generator is longer i.e.2R L =6 Ohms
I K will be higher considering Xd ”(0.2 pu)and CT sec.of 5A
Excitation current -Not applicable * Excitation current is kept low for
increasing the primary sensitivity

applicable...

2.4.2.3. EASUN REYROLLE
1. Relay type:4B3 (EM)/DAD 3 (Static)/Argus-1

(Numeric)(High Impedance Scheme)
V K >2I f (R CT +2R L ), Example: V K >2x10(3+4) >140 Volts

CT Class :PS, I f -Max. thro fault current, R CT -Main CT resistance
R L -Lead resistance between CT to relay.
2. Relay type: GAMMA (Numeric) (High Impedance)

For Two off 3 phase Inputs (Line end and Neutral end)and for Neutral
Earthed CTs.
In case of low impedance bias diff functions-

a)V K >50xIn(R CT +2R L +RR)
where max. through fault current=10xIn with max X/R=120.
b)V K >30xIn(R CT +2R L +RR)

where max. through fault current=10xIn with max. X/R =60
In=Rated Current Sec. X/R=X/R ratio for max. through fault condition.
R CT =Sec. resistance of CT, R L =Lead resistance between CT and Relay
RR=Resistance of any other protection functions sharing the CT
2.4.3 BUS DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION
2.4.3.1. ABB
1. Relay type: RADHA/RADHD (High impedance scheme)
V K >2I K (R CT +R L ) , >2x40 (4+4) , >640 V
2. Relay type: RADSS (Medium impedance scheme)

Depending on diff. ratios , For 1A CT, Vk shall be 500V.
Excitation Current -Not applicable*

applicable...

2.4.3.2. ALSTOM
1. Relay type:CAG34 (High Impedance scheme)
V K >2I f (R CT +2R L ), Example: V K >2X10(3+4), >140V
2. Relay type: DIFB –DIFBCL
V K >K x In(RTCP+R F +Rd/n 2 ),
Where: K=(1.2/40)x(I CC /I N )
I N =Main CT primary rated current, I CC =Max short-circuit current delivered
to bus bar via the input Where MCT is installed.
RTCP=Rest. of secondary of MCT, R F =Rest. of link loop between MCT and
auxiliary CT, n=Ratio of auxiliary CT , Rd/n 2 =Value of differential
resistance transposed to ACT primary
3. Relay type: MCTI 34 (Numerical)
V K >1.6V S , V S =1.25xI f (R CT +2R L )
Where: R CT =CT resistance, RL=Max lead resistance from CT to common

point, I f =Max internal secondary fault current.
2.4.3.3. EASUN REROLLE
1. Relay type:B3 (EM)/DAD3 (Static)
CT Class: PS , V K >2I f (R CT +R L )
Example: V K >2X10(3+4) >140V

I f -Max. thro fault current
R CT -Main CT resistance
R L -Lead resistance between CT to relay

2.4.4 DISTANCE PROTECTION
1. Relay type: THR (Static)
CT Class :PS, V K >Ix(R L +R 2 +X/Rx(R 3 +R 2 ))

Example: V K >10(3.8+7+4(1.2+7)) >436V
Where: R L -Burden of relay (3.8 Ohm max.)
R 2 -Resistance of leads plus resistance of CT sec.
X/R-Ratio of reactance to resistance of the system for fault at the
end of zone 1 ,
R 3 -constant depending on impedance setting of zone 1. (1.2 Ohm max.)
I-Sec. fault current for fault at end of zone 1
Note: X/R =4 for 132 kV system in above.
=7 for 220 kV
=11 for 400 kV
2 Relay type: Ohmega (Numeric)
V K should be equal or greater than the higher of following two expressions.
a)V K >K x(I P /N(1+X P /R P ))x(0.03+R CT +R L ) For phase-phase faults

b)V K >K x(Ie /N(1+Xe/Re))x(0.06+R CT +R L ) For phase-earth faults
I P -Phase fault current calculated for X P /R P ratio at the end of zone 1

Ie -earth fault current calculated for Xe /Re ratio at the end of zone 1
N -CT ratio.,
X P /R P -power system reactance to resistance ratio for the total
plant including the feeder line parameters calculated for phase
fault at the end of zone 1
Xe /Re -similar ratio to above but calculated for an earth fault at
the end of zone 1
R CT -CT resistance, R L -lead burden CT to Relay
K -Factor chosen to ensure adequate operating speed which is >1.0

2.4.4.2 ALSTOM
1. Relay type: Micromho, Quadrmaho

V K >I f (X/R)(M+R CT +nR L )
Example: V K >10(4)(10.2+3+4) >40(17.2) >688V
Ie <3%In at V K /2 <30 mA at V K /2
Where M=Relay resistance (Phase fault)
2. Relay type: MiCOM 430/441/442,EPAC,LFZR,LFZP,

PD521,PD932 (Numerical)
V K >I f x(1+X/R)x(R CT +R L +R B )
Where: X/R=The primary system ratio. R B =Relay Burden
R L =Rest of cable connecting CT to relay (lead and return for ground faults,
lead only for phase faults)
2.4.4.3. ABB
1.Relay type:RAZAO/REL511 (Static)(Numerical)
Secondary limiting voltage>(Ik x Isn/ Ipn )x a x (R CT +R L +0.5/(Isn/Ipn)2 )

Where a =factor for the DC time constant (approx 10 for about 100msec)
Excitation Current <0.2 Isn <0.2 A <200m
2.4.5 FEEDER DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION

1. Relay type :Solkor-M and Microphase-FM (Numerical)
(Current Differential)
V K >k x X/R x I f /N x (R CT +2R L +R b )

Where: K =stability factor =0.8 for Micro phase-FM
X/R =X/R ratio for the max through fault conditions.
(The value of this transient factor depends upon the sum of the
source and transmission circuits impedances.)
R b =burden of relay, The ac burden of the relay per phase is
0.05VA at 1A,tap=0.05 ohms and 0.30 VA at 5A tap=0.012 ohms
The values of magnetizing currents of CTs at two ends should
not differ by more than In/20 for output voltages up to 50/In volts.

2.4.5.2. ALSTOM
1. Relay type: MBCI

Translay ‘S ’ Differential (For Feeder and Transformer)
(A)For plain feeders:

V K >0.5xNxK1xIn(R CT +XR L )
Where: V K =KPV of CTs for through fault stability.
R L =Rest. of CT secondary circuit.
X=1 for core wire connections between main CT and the relay and
=2 for six wires connection
N =Relative neutral turns on summation transformer winding
K1=The selected time-dependent constant
For all application at or above 220 kV where X/R ratio are large:
V K >NxK1xIn(R CT +XR L )
Magnetizing current<0.05xIn at 10/In V
(B)For transformer feeder differential:

a. V K >50xIn(2.2/In2+R CT +R L )-for star connected CTs.
b. V K >50xIn/v3(9.7/In2+R CT +R L )-for delta connected CTs.
2. Relay type: MiCOM P540 (Numerical)
V K >K *In (R CT +2R L )

Where: K is a constant depending on I f =The maximum value of through
fault current for stability and is determined as follows:
For relays set at Is1 =20%,Is2 =2 In,k1 =30%,k2 =150%:
K =40 +(0.07 x (I f x X/R))and
K =65 This is valid for (I f x X/R)<1000 In
For higher (I f x X/R)up to 1600 In:
K =107
For relays set at Is1 =20%,Is2 =2 In,k1 =30%,k2 =100%:
K =40 +(0.35 x (I f x X/R))and
K =65 This is valid for (If x X/R)<600 In
For higher (I f x X/R)up to 1600 In:
K =256

2.4.6 OVER CURRENT and EARTH FAULT RELAY
2.4.6.1. ALSTOM
1. Relay type:CDG11 (IDMT)
This relay has 3.5 VA burden. So total VA burden requirement is

10 or 15 VA.
ALF factor of 10 is sufficient
If backup protection scheme is envisaged, ALF of 15 is required.
The time current setting characteristic of IDMT relay becomes
straight line after 15 times setting; therefore, time discrimination is
ineffective after 15 times current setting.
2. Relay type: MiCOM P120,P140 (Numerical)
Class:5P10, Burden:5VA
2.4.6.2. ABB
1. Relay type: SPAJ 140 (Numerical)
This relay requires generally CT with 5P10/5P20 CT with very

low burden.e.g.0.1 VA
1. Relay type: ARGUS /MIT (Numerical)

Class: 5P10, Burden: 5 VA
2. Relay type: Solkor-R /RF (Pilot Wire Differential

Protection)
CT class: PS V K =50/ In + (I f / N) (R CT +R L)
In -Rated Current
I f -Maximum primary steady state through fault current
N -CT ratio, R CT -CT resistance, R L -Lead Resistance

2.5 FAULT FINDING STUDY FOR STAR
CONNECTEDCT PROTECTION CIRCUITRY
Sl . Current in the CT secondary Expected Faults

No
1 R=Y=B= x Amp No Fault in the circuits
N= 0 Amp
2 R=Y=B= x Amp ANY ONE OF THE PHASE
& N= 2x Amp ‘ CT’ POLARITY
REVERSED
i. If (R+Y ) = ( Y + B ) = √3x Y PHASE REVERSED
& ( B + R )= x
ii. If (R+Y ) = ( B + R ) = √3x R PHASE REVERSED
&( Y + B ) = x
iii. If (Y+B ) = ( B + R ) = √3x B PHASE REVERSED
&( R +Y ) = x
3 I. If R = 0 Amp R PHASE PRIMARY
& Y = B= N = x Amp SIDE OPEN
Then Check for all other R phase CT
secondary cores, if values obtained as
If R = 0 Amp
& Y = B= N = x Amp
II. Similarly for Y phase and B Phase CORRESPONDING PHASE

also. PRIMARY SIDE
OPEN
III. If R = 0 Amp R PHASE SECONDARY IS
& Y = B= N = x Amp SHORTED
For only in One core, Then OR
R PHASE IS MIOXED
WITH OTHER CORES
OR
FOR USE OF AUX. CT ,
ANY ONE OF THE SIDE
MIGHT BE SHORTED.
IV. .Similarly for Y phase and B Phase CORRESPONDING PHASE
also.

Sl . Currents in the CT secondary Expected Faults
No
4 R=Y=B= x Amp All phases have been
N= 3x Amp connected to one CT only
instead of different cores as
1st , 2nd 3rd cores etc. As R
phase cores and Y phase
cores and B phase cores
OR
Primary Side has been
connected from a Single
Source
5 I. R=Y= x/2 Amp R & Y phases of CT
B= x Amp Secondary similar polarities
N= 0 Amp have been shorted.
II. Y=B= x/2 Amp Y & B phases of CT
R= x Amp Secondary similar polarities
III. B=R= x/2 Amp B & R phases of CT
Y= x Amp Secondary similar polarities
6 I. R= x Amp. Y & B phases of CT
R=B= 0 Amp. Secondary have been shorted.
N=x Amp.
II. Y= x Amp. B & R phases of CT
Y=B= 0 Amp. Secondary have been shorted.
N=x Amp.
III. B= x Amp. R & Y phases of CT
R=Y= 0 Amp. Secondary have been shorted.
N=x Amp
7 R=Y=B=N=0Amp All the 3 CTs are shorted.
8 If the values are resulted other than the 1.CTR may be different
above readings as described. 2.Wrong primary link
connection
3.Phase angle problem
4.CT saturation problems

3. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
3.1 SPECIFICATIONS
RATIO OF PT RATED BURDEN CLASS OF ACC.
ITEM ≤ 22 KV ≥ 33 KV 1. The Rated Winding Acc.

Burden at a P.F Class
UNIT Multi 3 Single phase PT in = 0.8 (lag) shall Metering 0.1, 0.2,
phase in star connection be chosen as 0.5, 1.0,
single unit separate (10, 25, 50, 100, 3.
200, 400, 500)
Winding Y/Y, V/V Y/Y, Y/Y – Open VA / Phase for
Connection delta 3 Phase
Primary Voltage Rated Voltage / √ 3 Transformer Protection 3P, 6P
2. Two
Secondary 110V / √ 3 independent
Voltage Secondary
Windings are to
be Provided for
Metering &
Protection Core

3.2 ERRORS IN PT
METERING CORE PROTECTION CORE
ACC. Class ± % Voltage ± Phase Angle ACC. ± % Voltage ± Phase Angle
Ratio Error displacement Error Class Ratio Error displacement Error in
in Minutes Minutes
0.1 0.1 5 3P 3 120
0.2 0.2 10 6P 6 240
0.5 0.5 20 Note 1. Errors at 5 % rated Voltage and
1.0 1.0 40 Voltage multiplied by voltage factor (1.2, 1.5 or
3.0 3.0 - with burdens Between 25 to 100 % of rated
Note. Errors at any Voltage between 80 to 120 % of burden at p.f 0. 8 (lag)
rated voltage, with Burdens between 25 to 100 % of Note 2: - Errors at 2 % rated Voltage shall be
rated burden at p.f 0. 8 (lag) twice as high as given in the table with similar
burdens to Note 1.
4. LIGHTNING ARRESTER
4.1 MAXIMUM SWICHING SURGE LEVEL IN pu (pu = √2 V line (max) / √ 3)
Highest System Voltage Typical Switching Surge pu Highest System Voltage Typical Switching Surge pu
KV, RMS KV, RMS
12 KV – 36 KV <4 525 KV 2.25

123 – 145 KV <3 765 KV 2.0
245 KV 3 1500 KV 1.5 (Projected)
420 KV 2.5

4.2 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF STATION CLASS
ARRESTERS FROM 11 TO 33 KV
(AS PER IEEMA 20-2000)
Sl. Particulars System Voltages in KV

No 11 11 11 11 22 22 33 33
1 Rating KV 9 9 9 9 18 18 30 30
(RMS)
2 MCOV (RMS) 7.2 7.2 9.6 9.6 15 15 25 25
3 Discharge 10 KA
Current
4 Line Discha. 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Class
5 Rated 50HZ
frequency
a) IR at MCOV Less than 400 micro Amps.
b) IG at MCOV About 1200 micro Amps.
6 a) Reference 1 to 5 mA
Current, mA
b) Reference Greater than Rated Voltage
Volt at
Reference
Current
7 Max. RDA
(KV p) at
a) 5KA 27 26 36 33 51 52 90 86
b) 10KA 30 28 38 36 60 56 95 90
c) 20 KA 34 30 42 40 68 60 105 100
8 Max. Switch
IMP R V (KVp
500A 24 22.4 30.4 28.8 48 44.8 76 72
1000A - - - - - - - -
9 Max. Steep 36 34 42 40 60 56 105 100
Current
Impulse RDV
(KVp)
10 High Current 100KAp
Impulse
Withstand

11 TOV (KVp)
i) 0.1 Sec 15 16 21 21 32 32 53 53
ii)1.0 Sec 15 15 20 20 30 30 51 51
iii) 10.0 Sec 14 14 19 19 29 29 49 49
iv) 100.0 Sec 13 13 18 18 28 28 47 47
12 Insulation
Withstand
a) Lightning 75 75 75 75 125 125 170 170
IMP
b) Power 28 28 28 28 50 50 70 70
frequency
c) Switching - - - - - - - -
IMP
13 Partial Less than 50 pC
Discharge
14 PR Relief Class Class A
15 PR Relief Class 40 KA
KA (RMS )
16 Total creepage 270 270 300 300 600 600 900 900
Distance in mm
17 Max. Cant. 325 325 325 325 325 325 325 325
Strength in
KGM
4.3 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF STATION CLASS

ARRESTERS FROM 132 TO 400 KV
Sl. Particulars System Voltages in KV

No 66 66 110 132 220 220 400 400
1 Rating KV (RMS) 60 60 96 120 198 216 360 390
2 MCOV (RMS) 51 51 81 102 168 175 292 303
3 Discharge 10 KA
Current
4 Line Discha. 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3/4
Class
5 Frequency 50HZ
a) IR at MCOV Less than 400 Less than 500 micro Amps.
µAmps.
b) IG at MCOV About 1200 About 1500 micro Amps.
µAmps.

6 a) Reference 1 to 5 mA
Current, mA
b) Reference Volt Greater than Rated Voltage
at Reference
Current
7 Max. RDA (KV
p) at
a) 5KA 170 160 251 320 518 567 820 860
b) 10KA 180 170 272 340 550 600 880 950
c) 20 KA 200 119 307 380 610 668 925 1000
8 Max. Switch IMP

R V (KVp
500A - - - - - - - -
1000A 144 136 217 272 455 496 830 850
9 Max. Steep 200 190 298 372 600 654 100 1050
Current Impulse 0
RDV ( KVp)
10 High Current 100KAp
Impulse
withstand
11 TOV (KVp)
i) 0.1 Sec 106 106 170 212 350 382 636 689
ii)1.0 Sec 102 102 163 204 336 366 610 661
iii) 10.0 Sec 98 98 156 195 322 351 585 634
iv) 100.0 Sec 94 94 149 187 308 336 560 607
12 Insulation
Withstand
a) Lightning IMP 325 325 550 650 105 105 142 1425
0 0 5
b) Power 140 140 230 275 460 460 630 630
frequency
c) Switching IMP - - - - - 700 105 1050
0
13 Partial Discharge Less than 50 pC
14 PR Relief Class Class A
15 PR Relief Class 40 KA
KA (RMS )
16 Total creepage 180 18 3075 3625 612 612 105 10500
Distance in mm 0 00 5 5 00
17 Max. Cant. 500 50 500 1000 100 100 100 1000
Strength in KGM 0 0 0 0

4.4 CLASS III LIGHTINING ARRESTER
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS Ref. Standard IEC 99-4, 1999
72.5 245
Sl.No Particulars Unit 36 KV KV 145 KV KV
1 System BIL KVp 170 325 650 1050
2 Rated voltage (RMS), (system voltage x √ 2) KV 30 60 120 198
√3
3 Max. Continuous operating voltage (MCOV) KV 25 52 102 168
4 Nominal Discharge current (NDC) KAp 10 10 10 10
5 High current with stand KAp 100 100 100 100
6 PROTECTION LEVELS
(A) Impulse residual voltage (KVp)
(i) Steep current @ NDC 94 185 380 600
(ii) Lightning current
@ 0.5 NDC 80 156 330 510
@ 1.0 NDC 84 165 350 550
@ 2.0 NDC 94 185 390 610
@1
(iii) Switching current KAp 70 136 290 450
(B) Temp. Over voltage (KVp)
(i) For 0.1 sec 60 120 254 404
(ii) For 1 sec 55 111 234 372
(iii) For 10 sec 52 105 222 353
(iv) For 100 sec 51 102 215 31

72.5 245
Sl.No Particulars Unit 36 KV KV 145 KV KV
7 INSULATION DATA
(i) Wet Power freq. Withstand KV 70 140 275 460
(ii) Dry lightning impulse KVp 170 325 650 1050
(iiI) Creepage mm 900 1800 3625 6125
8 OVERALL DIMENSION
(i) Outer Dia mm 280 280 280 280
(ii) Height mtr 0.68 0.940 1.540 2.785
(iii) Weight Kgs 45 60 150 250
9 MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT
(i) PCD mm 368 368 368 368
(ii) No of holes 4 4 4 4
(iii) Dia of holes mm 15 15 15 19
10 Terminal connector
Single
Single Panther Single
(I) Suitable conductor ACSR
zebra (66 & rabbit
132kv)

4.5 CLASSIFICATION OF OVER VOLTAGE & SURGE IMPENDANCE (√ L/ C)
CLASSIFICATION OF OVER VOLTAGE SURGE IMPENDANCE

(√ L/ C)
Particulars Temporary Switching Lightning Objects Surge
Over Over Voltage Over Voltage Impedance
Voltage (√ L/ C)
Magnitude 1 to 2 pu 1.5 to 5 pu Hundreds of KV to Tower Z T = 100 to
Several Tens of MV 150 Ohm
Duration mS to Tens Tens of μ S to Few Tens to Hundred of OH Ground Z G = 400
of Sec. Tens of mS μS. Wire Ohm
Effect P.D. causes Partial Influences Transformer OH Phase Z T = 325 to
retardation of Discharge on Insulation and Break Conductor 400 Ohm
life of Insulation down of Weaker
insulation Section
Testing -- 250 ± 100 μ S 1.2 μ S ± 30% Source Z T = 1500
Evaluation 2500 ± 100 μ S 50 μ S ± 20% Surge to 3000
Impendance Ohm

4.6 LIGHTNING ARRESTOR CLASSIFICATION
Range of Voltage Impulse High Long Duration Current

Current Current Magnitude Duration
KA (A ) ( Micro
8x20 Sec )
Micro
Sec.
Low Voltage or 2.5 25 50 1000
Secondary
Arrestor
(175 to 660 V)
Distribution Class 5.0 50 75 1000
(3 KV to 18 KV)
Intermediate 5.0 50 75 1000
Class
(3 KV to 110
KV)
Station Class 10.0 65 150 2000
(light Duty)
(11 KV to 198
KV)
Station Class 10
(Heavy Duty) 15 65 300 3000
(198 KV and 20
above)

5 WAVE TRAP
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF 0.5 mH/1250 Amp WAVE
TRAP FOR 220 KV LINE
Particulars Value
Type Out door, Air Cored,
Air Cooled
Continuous Current Rating at 50 0 C ambient 1250 Amp
Continuous Current Rating at 65 0 C ambient 1125Amp
Max. Symmetrical Short Circuit Current For 1 31.5 KA
Sec
Asymmetrical peak value of first half of rated 80.5 KA
short time Current
Rated Inductance 0.5 H
Blocking Range 150-500 KHz
Min. Resistive Component in Blocking 570 Ohm
frequency range
Radio Interference voltage < 500 µ V
Mounting Suspension
Basic Insulation Level 32.37 KVp
Standard Nominal Discharge Current for 8/20 10 KA
micro Sec. Wave impulse
Rated Voltage of Arrestor 6 KV
Max. 1.2/50 micro sec. Impulse Spark over 21.6 KVP
voltage
Min. value of power frequency Spark over 9 KV rms
voltage
Virtual steepness and max. Front of wave 49.8 KV / micro S
Impulse Spark over voltage 24.9 KVp
Tuning Broad Band
Visual Corona Extinction Voltage 156 KV
Max. Residual Discharge Voltage for 8/20
micro Sec. Impulse Discharge current
1. 5000 A 21.6 KVp
2. 10000 A 21.6 KVp
No of Turns in Main coil 28 (2 in Parallel

6 ISOLATORS
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 245 KV ISOLATOR
Particulars Value
Type Air break, Off load
Standards used 1SS 9921/85
Highest System Voltage 245 KV
Nominal System Voltage 220 KV
Max. Continuous Current Rating 2000 Amp
Rated Short time Current for 3 Sec 40 KA
Max. Magnetizing current 0.7 A at 0.15 p F
Rated Peak Short time Current 100KAp
1.2/50 µ Sec. Impulse Withstand 1200 KV
Voltage
Radio Interference voltage 1000 µ V
Earthing SWITCH Rated Current 50 % of Main switch
Capacity
Minimum Clearance in
1. Between Live parts and 2400mm
ground 1600mm
2. Fixed Contact and blade
in Open condition
Operating Time
1. Opening 10-12 Sec
2. Closing 10-12 Sec
Continuous Rating of Aux. 10 A
Contact
Temp. Rise 55 above Ambient
Insulation Level 530 KV

7 TRANSFORMER
7.1. CURRENT RATING OF TRANSFORMER (3~)
Thumb rule Current = (600 x MVA)/ KV

Actual rule Current = (575 x MVA) / KV
Where MVA = Rating of Transformer
KV = Rated voltage of transformer
Supply voltage, ACTUAL THUMB THUMB RULE

Rated voltage Current / RULE Current / MWatt
(KV) MVA Current / (for cosФ=0.9 )
MVA
11 52.3 54.55 60
33 17.43 18.2 20
66 8.72 9.1 10
132 4.36 4.55 5
220 2.615 2.73 3
400 1.44 1.5 1.66
7.2. PERMISSIBLE FLUX DENSITY
Bm = E1/4.44fN1A Maximum flux density = 2 weber/m2

Working flux density = 1.2 to 1.48 weber/m2 at
the knee of core saturation curve.
7.3 PERMISSIBLE OVER EXCITATION CAPACITY
% Over (U/f) / (UN/fN) Time in Seconds

excitation (% U/f)
110 100 ∞
120 109 82
130 118 19
140 127 9.9
150 136 6.0

7.4 PERMISSIBLE EXCITING CURRENT:
(NO LOAD CURRENT, MAGNETIZING CURRENT)
3KVA Voltage Class (Full insulation)

2.5 15 25 69 138 161 230
KV KV KV KV KV KV KV
500 3.7% 3.7% 3.8% 4.9% - - -
1000 3.3% 3.3% 3.6% 4.3% - - -
2500 - 3.1 3.2% 3.8% - - -
5000 - - 2.8% 3.1% 2.5% 4.1% -
10000 - - 3.0% 3.1% 2.4% 3.6% 4.0%*
25000 - - 2.2% 2.4% 3.1% 3.9% 3.5%*
50000 - - - - 3.1% 3.9% 2.2%*
* Reduced insulation
NOTES FOR TESTING ENGINEER
1. No load current should be maximum 3 to 4% of rated current.

2. The exciting current varies directly with voltage rating and
inversely to KVA rating.
7.5 PERMISSIBLE INRUSH CURRENT :

(TRANSIENT CURRENT)
( Inrush currents of transformer at No-load with cylindrical
windings, at Energisation zero-point of supply voltage. )
Rated Grain oriented Non-grain oriented Decay to ½ the

Power laminations laminations value in Cycle
in Switching on of Switching on of
KVA Outer Inner Outer Inner
Winding Winding Winding Winding
(A mp) (A mp) (A mp) (A mp)
500 11.0 16 6.0 9.4 8 to 10
1000 8.4 14 4.8 7.0 8 to 10
5000 6.0 10 3.9 5.7 10 to 60
10000 5.0 10 3.2 3.2 10 to 60
50000 4.5 9 2.5 2.5 60 - 3600
1.In actual practice the value may vary 8 to 10 times the maximum value. It
depends upon the cycle of energisation of supply wave.
2. (Maximum value of inrush current)/(Peak value of rated current) = Ratio.

7.6 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT
Permissible short circuit currents and duration of 3( power transformer
with two windings.
Ub ≤ 36KV Ub> 36 KV
Rated KVA
ISS/IN t UC% ISS/IN t UC%
Upto 630 25 2 4 - - -
630 – 3150 16.7 4 6 - - -
3150 – 10000 12.5 5 8 10 6 10
10000 – 40000 10.0 6 10 9.1 7 11
Above 40000 - - - 8 8 12.5
Ub = * System highest voltage (RMS) on HT side,

ISS = Max. Permissible short circuit current (RMS)
IN = Rated current
T = Max. Permissible duration of short circuit
UC%= Corresponding % S.C. voltage.
*System highest voltage = 110% of rated voltage.
7.6.1 Theoretical S.C. Calculation:
S.C. current Ish = (IFL x VA x 100) / (%ZxVN)
IFL = Rated F.L. current, whose side S.C. current is to be
calculated
= (Rated MVA x 106) / {3 x Rated voltage (volt)}
VA = Applied voltage during the test in volt
%Z = % Impedance
V = Rated voltage of that side to which testing supply given
in volt
7.7 THERMAL RESISTIVITY OF MATERIALS USED IN

TRANSFORMER
Material Thermal resistivity Material Thermal resistivity
(0C/Watts/inch3 (0C/Watts/inch3
Water 70 Aluminum 0.30
Air 1710 Mica 110
Transformer Oil 245 Press board (Un 400 – 500
treated)
Copper (Pure) 0.0896 Press board (Oil 250 – 300
treated)

Material Thermal resistivity Material Thermal resistivity
(0C/Watts/inch3 (0C/Watts/inch3
Copper 0.1125 Varnished 200 – 250
(Commercial) cambric (Sheet
form)
Wrought iron 0.50 Varnished 250 – 300
cambric (tap ½
lap wraps)
Caste iron. 0.984 Porcelain & 40
Cement
Steel (laminated 2.4 Steel (laminated 25.0
with grain) across grain)
7. 8 TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE AMBIENT
Type of cooling Top oil final temp. Rise on Winding temp (Final) rise on
F.L. Condition F.L. Condition
OA, OW 500C 550C
OA / FA 500C 550C
OA / FA / FOA 450C 500C
FOA 450C 500C
FOW
7.9 STANDARD RANGE OF IMPEDANCE FOR TWO-
WINDING POWER TRANSFORMER, RATED AT 550C
RISE.
H.V winding Low. Voltage %

Insulation class Insulation Class Min. Max.
25 15 5.5 8
34.5 15 6 8
25 6.5 9
46 25 6.5 9
34.5 7 10
69 34.5 7 10
46 8 11
92 34.5 7.5 10.5
69 8.5 12.5
34.5 8 12
115 69 9 14
92 10 15

H.V winding Low. Voltage %
Insulation class Insulation Class Min. Max.
34.5 8.5 13
138 69 9.5 15
115 10.5 17
46 9.5 15
161 92 10.5 16
138 11.5 18
46 10 15
196 92 11.5 17
161 12.5 19
46 11 16
230 92 12.5 18
138 14 20
161 14 20
7.10 COOLING ORDER SYMBOLS
1st letter 2nd letter 3rd letter 4th letter

Kind of Kind of Kind of Kind of
Medium Circulation Medium Circulation
Indicating the cooling medium Indicating the cooling medium
that is in contact with the that is in contact with the
winding external cooling system
7.11 REDUCED TEMPERATURE RISES FOR TRANSFORMER

DESIGNED TO WORK AT HIGH ALTITUDE
Type Reduced by %
(i) Oil immersed, 2%
natural air
cooled Above 1000mtr sea
(ii) Dry type natural 2.5% level and reduction is
air cooled for each 500m (1650ft)
(iii) Oil-immersed, 3% above 1000mtr sea
forced air level
cooled
(iv) Dry type, forced 5%
air cooled

7.12. TEMP RISE LIMITS FOR OIL – IMMERSED TYPE
TRANSFORMER
Part Cooling Oil Temp. Rise

Method Circulation
Top oil (All cases) (All cases) 600C  when transformer is
(measured by sealed or equipped with
thermometer) conservator.
550C  when transformer is
neither so sealed nor equipped.
Core and - do - - do - The temperature in no case to
other parts reach a value that will injure
the core or its adjacent
material
Winding (Natural Natural 650C
air),
(Forced
Air), (Water
(Internal)
Forced air Forced 650C
Water
(external
cooler)
Notes for Table 7.12

Note (1) Average air temp / day < 300C
Average air temp / year < 200C
Maximum air temp. 400C
Lowest air temp. - 250C
Note (2) Height of working area < 1000 m (3300 ft) above the sea
level.

7.13 LOSSES (NO LOAD LOSS AND FULL LOAD LOSS) FOR
TWO WINDING TRANSFORMER
Rated Power No load loss (KW) Load loss at 750C

(KVA) (KW)
500 1.66 6.92
1000 2.8 11.88
2000 3.2 21
3150 4.6 28
5000 8 41
6300 9.3 48
10000 12.5 65
12500 15.0 81
20000 20.0 112
31500 27.0 155
40000 32.0 185
Above 40,000 Rise of Rise of
0.55 / MV Approax. 3.45 / MVA Approax.
7.14 EFFICIENCY AND SHORT CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
1. Efficiency = x Pcos/ (xP cos +Wi + x2Wcu)

P = Rated F.L. KVA,
x = Loading ratio = Loading KVA / F.L. KVA
cos = Power factor of load,
Wi = Core loss in KW, Wcu = F.L. copper loss in KW

7.14.1EFFICIENCY AND SHORT CIRCUIT VOLTAGE TABLE
Rated Power in KVA * Short circuit voltage F.L. % efficiency #
in
% of rated voltage
500 6.0 98.31
1000 6.0 98.55
2000 6.0 98.80
3150 6.0 98.97
5000 8.0 99.02
6300 8.0 99.09
10000 8.0 99.23
12500 10.0 99.24
20000 11.0 99.34
31500 11.0 99.42
40000 11.0 99.46
Above 40,000 to 12.0 (99.5 to 99.6)
100,000
# Efficiency based on unity power factor.
* Voltage required to draw full load current on short circuit of the
transformer is called S.C. Voltage.
7.15 CALCULATING FOR REGULATION OF TRANSFORMER
% regulation = (% R cos + % X sin),

Note :- (+) for lagging P.F. and (-) for leading P.F.
7.16. INSULATION RESISTANCE
7.16.1 Conversion factor for I.R. value (Ref = 600C)
Temp in 0C M.F. Temp in 0C M.F. Temp in 0C M.F.

10 0.05 24 0.12 30 0.165
15 0.067 25 0.125 31 0.17
20 0.088 26 0.13 32 0.18
21 0.091 27 0.135 33 0.195
22 0.097 28 0.14 34 0.21
23 0.11 29 0.15 35 0.22

Temp in 0C M.F. Temp in 0C M.F. Temp in 0C M.F.
36 0.235 51 0.58 66 1.4
37 0.25 52 0.64 67 1.5
38 0.265 53 0.67 68 1.7
39 0.29 54 0.69 69 1.75
4 0.30 55 0.74 70 1.85
41 0.31 56 0.78 71 1.95
42 0.34 57 0.84 72 2.1
43 0.37 58 0.90 73 2.2
44 0.39 59 0.93 74 2.35
45 0.40 60 1.00 75 2.45
46 0.45 61 1.05 76 2.6
47 0.48 62 1.11 77 2.75
48 0.49 63 1.12 78 2.95
49 0.52 64 1.25 79 3.12
50 0.55 65 1.35 80 3.3
Note : Thumb Rule for every 100C change (reduction) I.R.
value changes by ratio 2/1.
7.16.2 INSULATION CONDITION OF TRANSFORMER

(AS PER IEEE)
P.I (IR at 600 s/ Insulation P.I (IR at 600 s/ Insulation

IR at 60 s Condition IR at 60 s Condition
Less than 1 Dangerous Between Fair
1.25 to2.0
Between Poor Above 2 Good
1 to1.1
Between Questionable
1.1 to1.25

7.16.3 Insulation Resistance and P.I Value
(a) Minimum insulation resistance is obtained by following
formula: R=CE/ KVA
Where R = I.R of winding with ground when other windings are
grounded in M.
C = Constant = 0.8 for ONAN at 200C.
= 16 for dry, compound filled or un tanked oil filled,
KVA = Rated capacity of winding under test.
E = 1 voltage (Y) and line voltage for () in volt.
7.16.4 Minimum I.R. Value
Rated voltage of Minimum safe I.R. in M

winding 300C 400C 500C 600C
66 KV and above 600 300 150 75
22 KV and 33 KV 500 250 125 65
6.6 KV and 11 KV 400 200 100 50
Below 6.6 KV 200 100 50 25
The I.R. value should be taken with all windings earthed except
the tested winding.
7.16.5 Minimum P.I. Value
PI1=R15/R0 PI2=R60/R15 PI3 = R600/R60

2.5 to 3 1.5 to 2 1.2 To 1.5
7.17. TRANSFORMER VECTOR SYMBOL
1. First symbol H.V. winding connection,

2. Second symbol L.V. winding connection
3. Third symbol Phase displacement expressed as the
(CLOCK HOUR NUMBER)
Ex : (Dy1 ) D  H.V. winding is Delta, y  L.V. winding is Star
1  Phase displacement is –300C (Represents clock hour number1)
Note :- H.V. winding is always taken as REFERENCE.

7.18. STANDARD VECTOR GROUP
Group Phase Displace Symbols

Group (1) 00 Yyo, Ddo, Dzo, Zdo
Group (2) 1800 Yy6, Dd6, Dz6, Zd6
0 0 Dy1, Yd1, Yz1, Zy1
Group (3) -30 ; 330
Dy11,Yd11,Yz11, Zy11
Group (4) + 300
7.19 PARALLEL OPERATION OF TRANSFORMER
7.19.1 Terminal Marking (Viewed from H.T. Side)
(1) 1 transformer: - Subscripts are marked in DESCENDING

ORDER. FROM LEFT TO RIGHT.
(2) 3 transformers: - Neutral is on extreme left and then phases are
in sequence (R, Y, and B).
(3) Autotransformer: Neutral is on extreme left and then phases are
in sequence (R, Y, and B).
7.19.2 CONDITIONS FOR PARALLEL OPERATION

i. Same inherent phase angle difference between primary
and secondary terminals.
(ii) Same voltage ratio
(iii) Same frequency
(iv) Same polarity
(v) Same phase rotation
7.20 LOAD SHARING BY TRANSFORMERS IN PARALLEL
7.20(A) For two Transformers
PA = P (QA.ZB) / (ZA.QB + ZB.QA),

PB = P (QB.ZA) / (ZA.QB + ZB.QA)

Where PA = Load shared by TFR (A),
PB = Load shared by TFR (B) P = Total Load,
QA = Rating of transformer (A)
QB = Rating of transformer (B),
ZA = % of impedance of transformer (A)
ZB = % impedance of transformer (B)
Note. Currents are also shared by same proportionate as
loads.
7.20(B) For 3 Transformers
PA = P (QA.ZB ZC) /  , PB = P (QB.ZC ZA) / ,

Pc = P (QC.ZA.ZB) / 
Where  = (QA.ZB ZC + QB.ZC ZA + QC.ZA.ZB)
Note: - Currents are also shared by same proportionate as
loads.
7.21. CIRCULATING CURRENTS
7.21.(A) Two Transformers in Parallel

(i) For impedance having same ratio (R /X)
ICr = (VA-VB) / (ZA+ZB)
(ii) For impedance having different ratio (R/X)
ICr = (VA-VB)/Z,
Where Z = ( R A  RB ) 2  ( X A  X B ) 2
VA = Secondary terminal voltage of transformer (A) (Lower ratio)
VB = Secondary terminal voltage of transformer (B) (Higher ratio),
ZA = (VZA.VA) / (100 X IA), IA = F.L. current
VZA = % Imp. Voltage drop at F.L. Rating

7.21 (B) Three Transformers in Parallel
(i) For impedance having same ratio (R/X)

ICrA = (VA – M ) / ZA ICrB = (VB – M) / ZB
ICrC = (VC-M) / ZC
Where M = (VA.ZB.ZC + VB.ZC.ZA +VC.ZA.ZB)/(ZA.ZB+ZB.ZC+ZC.ZA)
7.22. TRANSFORMER TAPPINGS
Note: - (1) For 2 – winding transformer, tap changer is generally provided

on the H.T. side i.e. L.T. side voltage remains constant.
(2) For Autotransformer, tap changer is generally provided on the

L.T. side i.e. H.T. side voltage remains constant.
% Winding
Transformer under gone Standard No. Of tap
Tap change from normal tap
1. Distribution 10% +5% Up, -5% Below
Transformer 15% +5% Up, -10% Below
(11/0.4 or 11/6.6
KV)
2. 33/11KV 20% +10% Up, -10% Below
20% +5% Up, -15% Below
3. 132 / 33 KV 20% +10% Up, -10% Below

132 / 11KV 20% +5% Up, -15% Below
4. 220 / 132KV 20% +10% Up, -10% Below

220 / 33KV 20% +5% Up, -15% Below

7.23 TRANSFORMER OIL DATA
7.23.1 CHARACTERISTIC REQUIREMENTS OF IS, IEC, & BS SPECIFICATION FOR
UNIHIBITED TRANSFORMER OIL DATA
Sl CHARACTERISTICS IS:335 IEC-296 IEC-296 BS-148 BS-148

No 1993 CLASS-1 CLASS-II CLASS-I CLASS-II
1 APPEARANCE Oil should be clear, transparent, free from suspended mater and sediments
2 DENSITY gm/cc Max@ 29.5 0 c 0.89 0.895 0.895 0.895 0.89
3 Kin. Visco. CSt Max 27 @270 c 16.5 @ 40 0 c 11.0@ 40 0 c 16.5 @ 40 0 c 11.0@ 40 0 c
800 @ - 15 0 c 1800 @ - 15 0 c 800 @ - 15 0 c 1800 @ - 15 0 c
4 Inter facial Tension( N/m Min. 0.04 N. R N. R N. R N. R
5 Flash Point 0 C Min. 140 140 130 140 130
6 Pour Point 0 C Min. -6 -30 -45 -30 -45
7 BDV KV/cm Min.
New Unfiltered 30 30 30 30 30
After Filter 60 50 50 As Delivered As Delivered
8. Tan Delta @ 90 0 C Max. 0.002 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005
9 Resistivity Ohm-cm .
@ 90 0 C Min 35х1012 N. R N. R N. R N. R
@ 270 C Min. 1500х1012
10 Oxi. Stability 164 Hrs
1. Neutralization Value 0.4 0.4 0.4 1.2 1.2
(mg KOH/ gm Max)
2. Sludge Cont. (% / wt Max) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.8 0.8
11 Neutralization Value
1. Total Acidity(mg KOH/ gm ) 0.03 Max 0.03 Max 0.03 Max 0.03 Max 0.03 Max
2. Inorganic Acidity Nil - - - -

Sl CHARACTERISTICS IS:335 IEC-296 IEC-296 BS-148 BS-148
No 1993 CLASS-1 CLASS-II CLASS-I CLASS-II
12 Corrosive Sulphur Non- Non- corrosive Non- Corrosive Non- Non- Corrosive
Corrosive corrosive
13 Oxi. Inhibitor 0.05% Max Not-Detectable Not-Detectable Not- Not-Detectable
Detectable
14 Water Content (ppm) Max Bulk / 50 40 40 20/30 20/30
Drum Delivery
15 S.K. Value Under - - - -
Consideration
16 Accl. Ageing Test (Open Beaker
Method with Copper Catalyst)
1. Tan Delta @ 90 0 C Max. 0.2
2. Resistivity Ohm-cm. @ 90 0 C 0.2х1012 Min N. R N. R N. R N. R
3. Resistivity Ohm-cm. @ 27 0 C 2.5х1012 Min
4. Total Acidity 0.05
5. Sludge Cont. (% / wt Max) 0.05
17 Gassing Tendency at 50 Hz after - - - +5 +5
120 min., mm3/min. Max
18 Total PCB Con. mg/Kg - - - Not- Not-Detectable
Detectable
19 Total Furan mg/Kg Max - - - 1.0 1.0
20 Poly cyclic Aromatic Wt%, Max - - - 3.0 3.0

7.23.2 CHARACTERISTIC REQUIREMENTS OF IS, IEC, & BS SPECIFICATION FOR
INHIBITED TRANSFORMER OIL DATA
Sl CHARACTERISTICS IS: IEC-296 IEC-296 BS-148 BS-148

No 12463/1988 CLASS-1A CLASS-IIA CLASS-IA CLASS-IIA
1 APPEARANCE Oil should be clear, transparent, free from suspended mater and sediments
2 DENSITY gm/cc Max@ 29.5 0 c 0.89 0.895 0.895 0.895 0.89
3 Kin. Visco. CSt Max 27 @270 c 16.5 @ 40 0 c 11.0@ 40 0 c 16.5 @ 40 0 c 11.0@ 40 0 c
800 @ - 15 0 c 1800 @ - 15 0 c 800 @ - 15 0 c 1800 @ - 15 0 c
4 Interfacial Tension 0.04 0.04 @ 250 c 0.04 @ 250 c - -
( N/m Min.
5 Flash Point 0 C Min. 140 140 130 140 130
6 Pour Point 0 C Min. -6 -30 -45 -30 -45
7 BDV KV/cm Min.
New Unfiltered 30 30 30 30 30
After Filter 60 50 50 As Delivered As Delivered
8. Tan Delta @ 90 0 C Max. 0.002 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005
9 Resistivity Ohm-cm .
@ 90 0 C Min 35х1012 - - - -
@ 270 C Min. 1500х1012
11 Neutralization Value
1. Total Acidity 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.08 0.08
(mg KOH/ gm Max)
2. Inorganic Acidity Nil - - - -
12 Corrosive Sulphur Non- Non- Corrosive Non- Corrosive Non- Non- Corrosive
Corrosive Corrosive

Sl CHARACTERISTICS IS: IEC-296 IEC-296 BS-148 BS-148
No 12463/1988 CLASS-1A CLASS-IIA CLASS-IA CLASS-IIA
10 Oxi. Stability 164 Hrs
1. Neutralization Value 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.25 0.25
( mg KOH/ gm Max)
2. Sludge Cont. 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01
(% / wt Max)
3. Volatile Acidity Max - 0.28 0.28 - -
Oxi. Stability 500 Hrs
1. Neutralization Value - - - 1.5 1.5
(mg KOH/ gm Max)
2. Sludge Cont. (% / wt Max) - - - 1.0 1.0
13 Oxi. Inhibitor 0.3 0.15-0.4 0.15-0.4 0.3 0.3
14 Water Content (ppm) Max Bulk / 50 30/40 30/40 20/30 20/30
Drum Delivery
15 Accl. Ageing Test (Open Beaker N. R N. R N. R N. R
Method with Copper Catalyst)
1. Tan Delta @ 90 0 C Max. 0.2
4. Total Acidity 0.05
5. Sludge Cont. (% / wt Max) 0.05
16 Gassing Tendency at 50 Hz after - - - +8 +8
120 min., mm3/min. Max
17 Total PCB Con. mg/Kg - - - Not Not-Detectable
Detectable
18 Total Furan mg/Kg Max - - - 1.0 1.0
19 Poly cyclic Aromatic Wt%, Max - - - 3.0 3.0

7.23.3 +HIGH QUALITY TRANSFORMER OILS FOR POWER TRANSFORMERS
Sl CHARACTERISTICS ASTM D 3487 HVDC DIN 57370 AUSTRALIAN
No TYPE-1 SPEC. VDE 0370 AS 1767.1
CLASSI/II
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
1 APPEARANCE CLEAR &BRIGHT
2 DENSITY gm/cc Max 0.91 @ 15 0 c 0.885 @ 20 0 c 0.895 @ 200 c 0.895 @ 200 c
3 Kin. Visco. CS t (SUS) Max
@ 100 0 c 3 (36) - - -
@ 40 0 c 12 (66) 11 25 @ 20 0 c 16.5/11
@00c 76 (350) - - -
@ -15 0 c - - - 800/-
@ -30 0 c - 1800 1800 -/1800
4 IFT @ 25 0 c N/m Min 0.04 0.04 - 0.04
5 Flash Point 0 C Min. (PMCC) 145 140 130 140/130
6 Pour Point 0 C Max. -40 -30 -30/45
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES
1 BDV KV Min.
Before / After Filtration 30/50 30/50 30/50 30/50
2 BDV Impulse, @ 25 0 c, KV
Min. Needle Neg. to Sphere 145 150 - -
grounded (25.4mm gap)
3 Gassing Tendency at 50 Hz +15/+30
after 120 min., mm3/min. Max
4 Tan delta @60 Hz 0.05 @ 25 0 c 0.005 @ 90 0 c 0.005 @ 90 0 c 0.005 @ 90 0 c

Sl CHARACTERISTICS ASTM D 3487 HVDC DIN 57370 AUSTRALIAN
No TYPE-1 SPEC. VDE 0370 AS 1767.1
CLASSI/II
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
1 Oxi. Stability Max.
1. 72 Hrs Sludge % Mass 0.15 - - -
TAN mg KOH/ mg 0.5 - - -
2. 164 Hrs Sludge % Mass 0.3 0.03 0.6 0.1
TAN mg KOH/ mg 0.6 0.15 0.3 0.4
2 Ageing Resistance as per Badder
(140 Hrs / 110 0 c)
Saponification No. mg KOH /mg - - 0.6 -
Sludge Cont. wt%, Max - - 0.05 -
Tan delta @ 90 0 c Max - - 0.18 -
3 Oxi. Stability Max. (Rotating 195 - - -
Bomb Test ) Minutes Min.
4 Oxi. Inhibitor % Mass/Max 0.08-0.3 - - 0.15-0.4
5 Corrosive Sulphur Non- Corrosive Non- Corrosive Non- Corrosive Non- Corrosive
6 Water Content (ppm) Max 35 10 - 30(Bulk)/40
(Drum)
7 1. Total Acidity 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
(mg KOH/ gm Max)
8 PCB Content ppm Nil Nil Nil Nil
9. Total Aromatic Content % Max - 12 - -
10 Total Sulphur Content % Max - 0.15 - -

7.23.4 TEST ON TRANSFORMER OIL IN SERVICE
Sl. CHARACTERISTICS Voltages Test Method PERIODICITY PERMISSBLE

No LIMIT
1 BDV 145 KV & IS 6792/1992 After filling or 50 KV (Min.)
ABOVE (Ave. of 6 refilling prior to
72.5 TO < Values energizing then after 3 40 KV ( Min. )
145 KV with 2.5 mm Months and after one
< 72.5 KV gap year 30 KV ( Min. )
2 WATER CONTENT 145 KV & IS 335/1993 After filling or 25ppm
ABOVE refilling prior to
BELOW energizing then after 3 35ppm
145 KV months and after one
year
3 SP. RESISTANCE @ ALL IS 6103 /1971 After filling or 0.1 х 1012
90 0 c IN Ohm -cm VOLTAGES Refilling prior to Min.
Energizing then after 3
Months and after 2
years
4 TAN DELTA @ 145 KV & IS 6262/1971 After filling or 0.2
90 0 c MAX ABOVE Refilling prior to
BELOW Energizing then after 2 1.0
145 KV years

Sl. CHARACTERISTICS Voltages Test Method PERIODICITY PERMISSBLE
No LIMIT
5. Neutralization Value ALL IS 1448 -DO- 0.5 mg

1. Total Acidity MAX VOLTAGES PART-2 1967 KOH/gm
6 SEDIMENT OR ALL APPENDIX-A -DO- NO SLUDGE

PRECIPITATE SLUDGE VOLTAGES IS 1866/1983
7 FLASH POINT -DO- IS 1448 -DO- DECREASE

PART-21, OF 15 0 c
1992 FROM
INITIAL
VALUE, MIN.
125 0 c
8 IFT @ 27 0 c MIN. -DO- IS 6104 /1971 -DO- 0.018 N/m
9 DGA 145 KV & 1S 9434/1992 After filling or REFER IS
ABOVE refilling prior to 10593/1993/DG
Energizing then after 3 A
Months and after one CHART
year

7.24 DISOLVED GAS ANALYSIS
7.24.1 INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS
7.24.1.1 DOERNENBURGE RATIO METHOD
SUGGESTED CH4/H2 C2H2/C2H4 C2H2/CH4 C2H6/C2H2

FAULT
DIAGNOSIS
Thermal > 1.0 < 0.75 <0.3 >0.4
Decomposition
Corona (Low <0.1 - <0.3 > 0.4
intensity P.D)
Arching (High >0.1 >0.75 >0.3 <0.4
intensity P.D) <1.0
7.24.1.2 ROGER’ S RATIO METHOD
Method-I
SUGGESTED C2H2/C2H4 CH4/H2 C2H4/C2H6

FAULT
DIAGNOSIS
Normal 0.1to 1.0 < 0.1 <1.0
Low Energy <0.1 <0.1 <1.0
Density Arching
Arching 0.1 to 3.0 0.1 to 1.0 >3.0
(High intensity
P.D)
Low Temp. <0.1 0.1 to 1.0 1.0 to 3.0
Thermal
Thermal >700 0 c <0.1 >1.0 1.0 to 3.0
Thermal <700 0 c <0.1 >1.0 >3.0

7.24.1.2 ROGER’ S RATIO METHOD
Method-II
SUGGESTED FAULT CH4/ C2H6 C2H4/ C2H2/
DIAGNOSIS H2 /CH4 C2H6 C2H4
If CH4 /H2 <0.1, then P.D other 0 0 0 0
wise Normal Deterioration
Slight Over Heating 1 0 0 0
Below 150 0 c
Below 150 0 c to 200 0 c
Below 200 0 c to 300 0 c
General Conductor Overheating 0 0 1 0
Circulating Currents / 1 0 1 0
Overheated
Flashover without power flow 0 0 0 1
current
Tap Changer selector breaking 0 1 0 1
current
Arc with Power flow 0 0 1 1
REMARKS
Ratio <1.0 is taken as 0, Ratio >1.0 is taken as 1
A given Ratio can be taken for Diagnosis if the concentration of one
gas is at least equal to the limit values as below
Value in ppm
H2=200, CH4= 50, C2H6=15, C2H4=60, C2H2=15
7.24.2 KEY GAS METHOD
Sl SUGGESTED FAULT Major key gas Minor Key Gas

No DIAGNOSIS
1. 1.Over Heating of Oil C2H4 > 150ppm C2 H6 (10-20%)
2.Thermal Degradation/ (60-70 %) C H4 (10-20%)
Decomposition of Oil
2. 1. Power Discharge H2 (60-70%), CH4 (5-10 %),
2. Arching in Oil >100ppm C2H4 (3 –5 %)
3. .Electric Discharge C2H4 (30-40 C2H6 (1.5 – 3 %)
%), > 30 ppm

Sl SUGGESTED FAULT Major key gas Minor Key Gas
No DIAGNOSIS
3 1.Internal Corona H2 (80 –90 %) CH4 (10-15 %),
2. Partial Discharge > 100 ppm C2H4 (0.1–0.5
%), C2H6 (0.5- 1.0
%)
4 Hot spot in oil CH4 (50 –60 %) H2 (40 – 60 %),
> 50 ppm C2H4 (0.1 – 0.5
%), C2H6 (0.5- 1.0
%)
5. 1. Over heating of Solid CO (90 –95 %) H2 (5-10 %),
Insulation > 350 ppm C2H6 (1 –2 %),
2. Thermal ageing of oil CH4 (2 - 5 %)
6. 1. Arching in Cellulose CO (50 –60 %), H2, CH4, C2H2,
2. Decomposition of > 350 ppm C2H4, C2H6
Insulation CO2 ((50 –60 Rest %
%), > 350 ppm
7.24.3 TOTAL DISSOLVED COMBUSTIBLE GAS LIMITS

(TDCG)
TDCG INTERPRETATIONS
LIMITS in
ppm
(0 – 720) Satisfactory operation – Unless individual gas
acceptance values are exceeded
(721 – 1920) Normal Ageing / Slight Decomposition Unless
individual gas acceptance values are exceeded
(1921 – 4630) Significant Decomposition fault is to be monitored
>4630 Very Substantial decomposition of oil. Immediate
action to be taken

7.24.4 PERMISSIBLE LIMIT (IN ppm) OF GASSES FOR
SERVICE TRANSFORMERS
GASSES TRANSFORMER TRANSFOR TRANSFOR

WITHIN 4 MER MER
YEARS 4-10 YEARS AFTER 10
YEARS
C02 2000-3000 3000-4000 4000-6000
CO 150-300 300-450 400-550
C2H4 100-150 150-200 200-300
C2H2 20-30 30-50 30-60
H2 100-150 150-250 200-300
CH4 50-70 70-150 70-150
7.24.5 OTHER INFORMATIONS
DISINTIGRATI RELATION OF NATIONAL

ON OF EVOLVED GAS SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSFORME WITH
R OIL AT ORD. TEMPERATURE
TEMP
GAS % TEMP. GAS COUNTRY SPECIFIC
IN 0 C ATIONS
C02 1.17 >120 METHANE USA ASTM D
(CH4) 1040 –73
Heavy 4.86 >120 ETHANE FRANCE N.F Cir. C
Hydro (C2H6) 1.03
Carbon
O2 1.36 >150 ETHYLENE GERMANY VDE –
(C2H4) 0370
CO 19.21 >700 ACETYLENE INDIA IS 335
(C2H2)
H2 59.10 SWEDEN SEN-14
N2 10.10 ITALY A.E.1.7
CH4 4.2 SWITZERL S.E.V.124
AND
Total 100 UK BS 148
USSR GOST-981
IEC IEC: 296

7.25 TYPICAL VALUE OF CAPACITANCE & TAN δ OF
TRANSFORMERS
Voltage Rating Configuration Capacitance in nF Tan δ

400/220 KV HV – LV 4 -5 0.002 - 0.005
HV - Tank 13 - 15 0.007 - 0.009
LV - Tank 23 - 24 0.004 - 0.008
220/132 KV HV – LV 5 -7 0.003 - 0.006
HV - Tank 10 - 12 0.005 - 0.010
LV - Tank 19 - 22 0.004 - 0.010
132/33 KV HV – LV 5 -7 0.003 - 0.006
HV - Tank 10 - 12 0.005 - 0.010
LV - Tank 19 - 22 0.004 - 0.010
132/11 KV HV – LV 5 -7 0.003 - 0.006
HV - Tank 10 - 12 0.005 - 0.010
LV - Tank 19 - 22 0.004 - 0.010
66/11 KV HV – LV 5 -6 0.003 - 0.006
HV - Tank 2.9 - 3.5 0.006 - 0.008
LV - Tank 6 - 10 0.005 - 0.008
33/11 KV HV – LV 8 - 10 0.015 - 0.018
HV - Tank 11 - 13 0.015 - 0.020
LV - Tank 15 - 17 0.015 - 0.020
7.26. DURATION OF OVER LOADING OF OIL – IMMERSED

TRANSFORMER
Previous Oil Temp. At the Duration of Overload in minutes
Continuous beginning of the
Loading as Overload in deg.
% Rated Cent. For
Load cooling method
ONAN OFAN 10 20 30 40 50%
ONAF OFAF % % % %
OFW
50 55 49 160 80 60 30 15
75 68 60 120 60 30 15 8
90 78 68 60 30 15 8 4
Note _: - Type of Insulation: - A Class for above Table

7.27. PERMISSIBLE OVER LOADING CAPACITY TRANSFORMER
Cooling All day LONG PERIOD MEDIUM PERIOD SHORT PERIOOD

air Temp. Heavy 16 Hrs Remaining 8 Hrs Remaining 3 Hrs Remaining
Deg.Cent. Load Heavy 8 Hrs Heavy 16 Hrs Heavy Load Hrs Light
Continuous Load Light Load Load Light Load Load
Load)
0 120 125 105 130 105 150 105
5 115 120 100 125 100 145 100
10 110 115 94 120 94 140 94
15 105 110 88 115 88 135 88
20 100 105 82 110 82 130 82
25 94 100 76 105 76 125 76
30 88 94 70 100 70 120 70
35 82 88 64 94 64 115 64
40 76 82 57 88 57 110 57
45 70 76 49 82 49 105 49
50 64 70 40 76 40 100 40
Note: - Type of Cooling: - ON (Oil Natural) Type of insulation A Class.
Max. Oil Temp. : - 80 Deg. Cents. Max. Winding Temp. : - 95 Deg. Cents.

7.28 Daily Peak Loads per unit of Name plate rating to give Normal Life
Expectancy (COOLING – SELF COOLED OR WATER COOLED ( OA OR OW ) $
Peak Cooling – Self Cooled or Water cooled ( OA or OW ) $

Load Continuous equivalent Load in %tage of rated KVA preceding the peak Load
Time 50 percent 70 percent 90 percent
In Ambient in degree C Ambient in degree C Ambient in degree C
Hrs
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
1/2 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.89 1.70 1.52 2.00 2.00 1.95 1.78 1.60 1.41 2.00 1.99 1.81 1.64 1.46 1.24
1 2.00 1.88 1.73 1.58 1.41 1.23 1.95 1.80 1.65 1.49 1.32 1.14 1.86 1.70 1.55 1.39 1.20 0.99
2 1.76 1.64 1.51 1.37 1.22 1.00 1.72 1.59 1.46 1.32 1.16 0.99 1.66 1.53 1.39 1.24 1.08 0.90
4 1.54 1.43 1.33 1.19 1.06 0.94 1.52 1.41 1.29 1.17 1.04 0.89 1.50 1.39 1.26 1.13 1.00 0.84
8 1.41 1.30 1.19 1.08 0.96 0.84 1.40 1.30 1.19 1.07 0.95 0.83 1.39 1.29 1.18 1.06 0.94 0.82
24 1.33 1.22 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.78 1.33 1.22 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.78 1.33 1.22 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.78
$ Subtract 5 0 C from each of the ambient column heading for water cooled transformer. Minimum water
temp. must be above 0 0 C
Example :- Assume a load cycle which resolves to a constant value of 50 % followed by a 100 % peak
load for 2 Hrs. using the above table if the ambient Temp. is 30 0 C , a self cooled (OA ) , a water cooled
( OW ) transformer will carry 1.32 times name plate rating for 2 Hrs following an equivalent continuous
load up to 70 % of name plate rating , if the equivalent 2 Hrs peak load from the load cycle is 10 MVA .
The constant equivalent load before the peak is 5 MVA which is 66.6 % of the name plate rating of the
transformer . Therefore a 7.5 MVA transformer is suitable for this daily load cycle.

7.29 Daily Peak Loads per unit of Max . Name plate rating to give Normal Life
Expectancy (COOLING – FORCED AIR COOLED RATED 133 % OR LESS OF SELF COOLED
RATING OR WATER COOLED ( OA / FA )
Peak Cooling – Forced Air cooled Rated 133 % or less of Self Cooled Rating or Water cooled ( OA / FA )
Hrs
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
1/2 2.00 2.00 1.97 1.82 1.66 1.49 2.00 2.00 1.89 1.74 1.58 1.40 2.00 1.92 1.77 1.61 1.43 1.25
1 1.90 1.77 1.64 1.50 1.35 1.19 1.84 1.71 1.57 1.43 1.28 1.11 1.77 1.63 1.49 1.35 1.19 1.00
2 1.64 1.53 1.42 1.29 1.16 1.02 1.61 1.50 1.38 1.26 1.12 0.97 1.58 1.46 1.34 1.21 1.08 0.91
4 1.46 1.36 1.26 1.15 1.03 0.90 1.45 1.35 1.24 1.13 1.01 0.88 1.44 1.34 1.23 1.11 1.00 0.85
8 1.37 1.27 1.17 1.07 0.96 0.84 1.37 1.27 1.17 1.07 0.96 0.83 1.36 1.27 1.17 1.06 0.95 0.83
24 1.31 1.21 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.78 1.31 1.21 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.78 1.31 1.21 1.11 1.00 0.89 0.78
Note:- The peak load in this table are calculated on the basis of all cooling in use during the period preceding
the peak load. When operating with out fans, use this table for OA transformer

7.30 Daily Peak Loads per unit of Max . Name plate rating to give Normal Life
Expectancy (COOLING – FORCED AIR COOLED RATED 133 % OR LESS OF SELF COOLED
RATING OR WATER COOLED ( OA / FA )
Peak Cooling – Forced Air cooled Rated 133 % or less of Self Cooled Rating or Water cooled ( OA / FA )
Hrs
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
1/2 2.00 1.91 1.78 1.65 1.52 1.37 1.96 1.84 1.71 1.58 1.43 1.28 1.89 1.77 1.64 1.50 1.35 1.19
1 1.73 1.62 1.51 1.38 1.25 1.12 1.68 1.58 1.46 1.33 1.20 1.06 1.64 1.53 1.41 1.28 1.15 1.01
12 1.53 1.43 1.33 1.22 1.11 0.98 1.51 1.41 1.30 1.19 1.07 0.95 1.49 1.39 1.28 1.17 1.06 0.93
4 1.40 1.31 1.21 1.11 1.00 0.89 1.40 1.31 1.21 1.10 1.00 0.88 1.39 1.30 1.20 1.09 0.99 0.87
8 1.34 1.35 1.16 1.06 0.96 0.84 1.34 1.25 1.16 1.06 0.96 0.84 1.34 1.25 1.15 1.05 0.95 0.84
24 1.30 1.20 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.79 1.30 1.20 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.79 1.30 1.20 1.10 1.00 0.90 0.79
$ Subtract 5 0 C from each of the ambient column heading for water cooled transformer. Minimum water
temp. must be above 0 0 C

7.31 PERCENT CHANGE IN KVA LOAD FOR EACH
DEGREE CENTIGRADE CHANGE IN AVEARAGE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
Type of Air above 30 0 C Air above 30 0 C

Cooling average OR Water average OR Water
above 25 0 C above 25 0 C
Self Cooled - 1.5 % per degree 1 % per degree
Water Cooled - 1.5 % per degree 1 % per degree
Forced Air - 1 % per degree 0.75 % per degree
Cooled
Forced Oil - 1 % per degree 0.75% per degree
Cooled
7.32 TOLERANCES TRANSFORMER ON COMPARISION

BSS 171:1970 AND ISS 2026: 1926
Sl. Particulars BSS 171 ISS 2026
1 Total Loss + 1/10 of Total Loss +10 % of
the
guaranteed
Value
2 Component + 1/7 of each component +10 % of
Losses losses, provided that the the
tolerance for the Total guaranteed
losses is not exceeded. Value
3 Voltage ratio at ± 1/200 of declared ratio or Same as
No Load on the % of the declared ratio BSS
Principal equal to 1/10 of the actual %
Tapping (Rated voltage at rated current
Voltage Ratio
4 Impedances Voltage (a) Principal Tapping
i) Two ± 1/10 of the declared Same as
Winding Tfr impedance voltage for that BSS
tapping
ii) Multi ± 1/10 of the declared ± 15 %
Winding Tfr impedance voltage for
specified pair of winding.
± 1/7 of the declared

impedance voltage for the
second specified pair of
winding.
b) For tapping ± 1/7 of the stated value for -
other than the each tapping within ± 5 %
principal of Principal tapping
tapping declared impedance voltage
for the second specified pair
of winding.
5 No Load + 3/10 of the declared No No
Current load current tolerances
7.33 OIL HANDLING PROCEDURE IN TRANSFORMER

7.34 TYPICAL VALUE OF CAPACITANCE & TAN δ OF
BUSHINGS
Voltage Capacitance ( nF) Tan δ
400 KV 420 - 480 0.002 - 0.005
220 KV 280 - 400 0.002 - 0.005
132 KV 180 - 300 0.002 - 0.005
66 KV 180 - 300 0.002 - 0.004
36 KV 260 - 280 0.002 - 0.004
7.35 DGA for NORMAL BUSHING Oil.

As per IEC – 36 AWG3)
H2 = 100ppm, CH4 = 30 ppm, C2H2 = 2 ppm,
C2H4 = 300 ppm, C2 H6 = 50 ppm, CO = 1000 ppm,
CO2 = 3000 ppm
8 SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTOR
8.1 DATA
% Voltage dip = (Starting KVA X 100) / fault KVA at point of supply
Size of Starting KVA (Approx) for
Size of Approx condition of starting
PVC
motor current
Aluminum D.O.L Star/delt Auto
(400V, (Amp) at
cable 6 F.L a 2F.L Transformer
50Hz) 0.8 P.F
(mm2) current current 1.5 F.L 1.35 F.L
5 H.P 8 2.5 33.25 - - -
10 H.P 15 4 62.35 20.78 - -
15 H.P 22 10 91.44 30.48 - -
20 H.P 29 16 120.54 40.18 30.14 25.11
30 H.P 42 25 174.58 58.19 43.65 36.37
8.2 CAPACITOR RATING (KVAR) FOR MOTORS

Motor rating (KW) < 4 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 ≤30
Approx
35% of
Capacitor rating (KVAR) 1 2 2.5 3 5 6 8 10 motor
rating

8.3 CAPACITOR REQUIRED FOR DESIRED P.f
Capacitor in KVAR with 1 KW Active power, for

Existing P.F below P.F
0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1.0
0.20 4.02 4.15 4.28 4.42 4.57 4.90
0.40 1.41 1.54 1.67 1.81 1.96 2.29
0.50 0.85 0.98 1.11 1.25 1.4 1.73
0.6 0.45 0.58 0.71 0.85 1.00 1.33
0.7 0.14 0.27 0.40 0.54 0.69 1.02
0.8 - - 0.13 0.27 0.42 0.75
0.85 - - - 0.11 0.26 0.59
0.9 - - - - 0.16 0.48
0.95 - - - - - 0.35
8.4 CAPACITOR REQUIRED FOR INDUCTION MOTORS IN

KVAR (Orissa Gazette notification No. 23191-Com- VI – 3186
(Vol- II) Dt. 19.01.1988
MOTOR HP 750 RPM 1000 RPM 1500 RPM 3000 RPM

3 1 1 1 1
5 2 2 2 2
7 3 3 3 3
10 4 4 4 4
15 6 5 5 4
20 8 7 6 5
25 9 8 7 6
30 10 9 8 7
40 14 12 11 10
50 16 16 13 11
60 20 20 16 14
75 24 23 19 16
100 30 30 24 20
125 39 38 31 26
150 45 45 36 30

9. BATTERY
9.1 DATA
Sl. DATA/PARTICULARS VALUES

No.
1 RECOMMENDED END 1.85/CELL
VOLTAGE
2 SP. GRAVITY (FULLY 1200 AT 27 0 C
CHARGED)
3 SP. GRAVITY (FULLY 1190 AT 27 0 C
DISCHARGED)
4 ALLOWABLE DIFF. IN 30 POINTS /CELL
MAX & MIN SP.
GRAVITY
5. NORMAL OPERATING 2.15/CELL
VOLTAGE
6 FULLY CHARGED 2.4 –2.5 /CELL
VOLTAGE
7 Equivalent SP. GRAVITY HYDROMETER READING
AT 27 0 C AT t 0 C + 0.0007 ( t – 27 )
8 RATE OF CHARGING (% AH Rating of Battery) in
1. FINISHING Amp
RATE AT 10 HRS 4
2. NORMAL RATE
3. EQUALISING
CHARGE AT 10 10
HRS
2
9 FLOAT CHARGE
1. FLOAT CHARGE (AH х 2) /2400 + Sub Station
CURRENT Load
2. TICKLE
CHARGE
CURRENT 50 TO 100 mA / 100 AH
3. SET Voltage Battery Capacity
2.15 to 2.17 V / Cell

9.2 IMPORTANT NOTE
1. BATTERY SHOULD BE NORMALLY KEPT ON FLOAT

CHARGE
2. EQULISING CHARGE
1. For FLOAT charge (2.16 to 2.2) / cell, equalizing
charge to be given once in 3 months
2. For FLOAT charge (2.06 to 2.16) / cell, equalizing
charge to be given once in a month for 220V Battery
3. BOOST CHARGE
1. Allow BOOST charge after Test Discharge
2. Allow BOOST charge for low sp. Gravity of major
cells (below 1190) and low Voltage (Below 1.9 V
4. CONDITION CHARGE
Discharge the battery to end voltage 1.85 V and again
charging is called CONDITION CHARGING. It should be
done once in a year.
9.3 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE OF BATTERY
PERIO ITEMS TO BE PERIO ITEMS TO BE

DICIT CHECKED DICIT CHECKED
Y Y
1. Measure and record the 1. Sp. Gravity, Voltage of
DAILY pilot cell Voltage, Sp. MONTH each cell and electrolyte
Gravity & Electrolyte LY Temp.
Temperature 2. Give Equalizing Charge
2. Battery Voltage by 3. Switch off Charger and
Switching off Charger test tripping/ closing of
3. Hourly reading DC any one feeder from
Voltage, Charger out Battery Source
put current and Trickle 4. Check all connection of
Charge Current battery and Charger
1. Cleaning of terminals,
WEEK topping up distilled YEAR 1. Allow Condition Charging
LY water if required LY
2. Check pilot cell reading
and adjust the trickle
charge current if
required

10 ENERGY METERS
10.1 PERCENTAGE ERROR LIMITS
(SINGLE PHASE METERS AND POLY PHASE METERS)
10.1.A. TABLE FOR ACC. CLASS (0.2,0.5,1.0,and 1.5)

BALANCE LOAD
IEC 687: 1992 CBIP 88: 1996 IS 14697: 1999
% Load P.F CLASS P.F CLASS P.F CLASS
(Ib) (Cos φ) 0.2 0.5 (Cos φ/ sin φ) 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.5 (Cos φ) 0.2S 0.5S
1 - <5 1.0 ±0.4 ±1.0 1.0 ±0.4 ±1.0 - - 1.0 ±0.4 ±1.0
2- <5 - - - 1.0 - - ±2.0 ±3.0 - - -
5- <Imax 1.0 ±0.2 ±0.5 1.0 ±0.2 ±0.5 ±1.0 ±1.5 1.0 ±0.2 ±0.5
2- <10 0.5 Lg ±0.5 ±1.0 0.5 Lg ±0.5 ±1.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 0.5 Lg ±0.5 ±1.0
0.8 Ld ±0.5 ±1.0 0.8 Ld ±0.5 ±1.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 0.8 Ld ±0.5 ±1.0
10- < Imax 0.5 Lg ±0.3 ±0.6 0.5 Lg ±0.3 ±0.6 ±1.2 ±1.8 0.5 Lg ±0.3 ±0.6
0.8 Ld ±0.3 ±0.6 0.8 Ld ±0.3 ±0.6 ±1.2 ±1.8 0.8 Ld ±0.3 ±0.6
* Spl. Request 0.25Lg 0.5 1.0 0.25Lg ±0.5 ±1.0 ±2.5 ±3.5 0.25Lg ±0.5 ±1.0
10- < Imax 0.5 Ld 0.5 1.0 0.5 Ld ±0.5 ±1.0 ±2.5 ±3.5 0.5 Ld ±0.5 ±1.0
(20- < Imax) FOR
CBIP 88: 1996
UNBALANCE LAODS
5 - < 120 1.0 ±0.3 ±0.6 1.0 ±0.3 ±0.6 ±1.5 ±2.5 - - -
5- < Imax - - - - - - - - 1.0 ±0.3 ±0.6
10- < Imax 0.5 Lg ±0.4 ±1.0 0.5 Lg ±0.4 ±1.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 0.5 Lg ±0.4 ±1.0

10.1.B. TABLE FORACC. CLASS (1.0, 2.0)
BALANCE LOAD
IS 13779: 1993 IEC 1036:1996
% Load P.F Class % Load P.F Class
(Ib) (Cos φ) (Ib) (Cos φ)
1.0 2.0 Direct T/F 1 2
Connected Operated
5 - < 10 1.0 ±1.5 ±2.5 5 - < 10 2 - <5 1.0 ±1.5 ±2.5
10- < Imax 1.0 ±1.0 ±2.0 10- < Imax 5- <Imax 1.0 ±1.0 ±2.0
10- < 20 0.5 Lg ±1.5 ±2.5 10- < 20 5- <10 0.5 Lg ±1.5 ±2.5
0.8 Ld ±1.5 - 0.8 Ld ±1.5 -
20- < Imax 0.5 Lg ±1.0 ±2.0 20- < Imax 10- < Imax 0.5 Lg ±1.0 ±2.0
0.8 Ld ±1.2 - 0.8 Ld ±1.0 -
* Spl. Request 0.25Lg ±3.5 - * Spl. * Spl. 0.25Lg ±3.5 -
20- < 100 0.5 Ld ±2.5 - Request Request 0.5 Ld ±2.5 -
20- < 100 10- <100
UNBALANCE LOAD
10- < Imax 1.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 10- < Imax 5- < Imax 1.0 ±2.0 ±3.0
(20- < Imax 0.5 Lg ±2.0 ±3.0 (20- < Imax 10- < Imax 0.5 Lg ±2.0 ±3.0

10.2 CORRECTION FACTOR FOR ACTUAL POWER /ENERGY
(As per IEEMA Publication)
True Power /Energy = K x Meter Reading x ARCT x ARPT
Cos Φ
Nominal Ratio Nominal Ratio
K= ARCT = ARPT =
Cos ( Φ – θ ± δ ) 1 – (e/100 ) 1 – (p/100 )
Where
Φ = Load Factor angle , θ = Phase angle error of CT , δ = Phase angle error of PT
e = CT Ratio Error , p = PT Ratio Error
10.3 READING OF ELECTRICAL METERS
MULTIFYING FACTOR ( MF )
SL. METERS MF FOR METER METERS MF FOR METER READINGS

NO READINGS
1 AMMETERS (LINE CTR / METER ENERGY (LINE CTR / METER CTR ) X (LINE
CTR ) X METER MF METERS PTR / METER PTR ) X METER MF
2 VOLTMETERS (LINE PTR / METER PTR POWER (LINE CTR / METER CTR ) X (LINE
) X METER MF METERS PTR / METER PTR ) X METER MF

EXAMPLE FOR CALCULATION OF M.F : - Energy meters :-
1. WH Meter has DATA in Name Plate (Meter CTR = - /1 ,
Meter PTR = 11 KV / 110 V , Meter MF ( Not given )
Suppose this meter is connected to a 33 KV System of Line
CTR = 400/1, Line PTR = 33 KV / 110 V
Then MF for METER Reading = (LINE CTR / METER CTR )

X (LINE PTR / METER PTR )
X METER MF
400/1 x 300
-/1 100
= 1200 for WH Reading ( Because meter is WH Meter )
10.4 DIFFERENT CONNECTION OF ENERGY METERS
Sl. Type of Terminals REMARK

No. Meters CT PT
1 3Φ , 3 Wire R ,B R,Y,B W1= VL I L COS ( 30 0 -
meters Φ)
W2 = VL I L COS ( 30 0
+Φ)
2 3Φ , 4 Wire R , Y, R,Y,B, W1= VPH I PH COS Φ
meters B N W2 = VPH I PH COS Φ
W3 = VPH I PH COS Φ
3 1 Φ , 2 Wire PH PH. , N W = VPH I PH COS Φ
meters

1. CIRCUIT BREAKER
1.1 132 KV SF6 GAS CIRCUIT BEAKER
Particulars Rating / Particulars Rating /

Value Value
Make Crompton Rated Lightening 650 KVp
Greaves Ltd. impulse with Stand
Nasik voltage
Type 120-SFM-32 A Rated short Circuit 31.5 KA
Breaking Current
Rated Voltage 145 KV Rated Operating 15.5
pressure KG/cm2 - g
Rated Frequency 50 HZ First pole to Clear 1.5
factor
Rated Normal 3150 A Rated Duration of 31.5 KA
Current short Circuit current 3 Sec
Rated Closing 220 V DC Rated Line Charging 50 A
Voltage Breaking Current
Rated SF6 Gas
pressure
Rated Opening 220V DC Rated Voltage and 415 VAC
Voltage frequency for Aux. 50 HZ
Circuit
GAS PRESSURE 6.0 bar at 20 0 c Rated operating 0-0.3S-CO-
SF6 Sequence 3Min-CO
Total weight with 2000 KG Gas weight 9 KG
Gas
Sl. No. 11583C STD. IEC 56
Month / Year of MARCH./ 99
Manufacturing

1.2 220 KV SF6 GAS CIRCUIT BEAKER
Value Value
Make ABB Limited Rated Lightening 1050 KVp
impulse with Stand
voltage
Type ELF SL 4-1 Rated short Circuit 40 KA
Breaking Current
Rated Voltage 245 KV Rated Air pressure 21..5
KG/cm2 - g
Rated Frequency 50 HZ First pole to Clear 1.3
factor
Rated Normal Current 2000 A Rated Duration of 40 KA
short Circuit current 3 Sec
Rated Closing Voltage 220 V DC Rated Line Charging 125 A
Breaking Current
Rated SF6 pressure
Rated Opening 220V DC Rated Voltage and 1-PH (230V
Voltage frequency for Aux. & 3 PH 415
Circuit VAC 50 HZ
GAS PRESSURE SF6 7.0 bar at Rated operating 0-0.3S-CO-
20 0 c Sequence 3Min-CO
Total weight with Gas 3800 KG Sl. No. 307786
Month / Year of Mang MARCH./ 99
1.3 33 KV VACUUK CIRCUIT BREKER

Value Value
Make BHEL impulse with Stand 170 KVp
voltage
Type PVN 36 Short Time Current 25 KA
Rated Voltage 36 KV Rated Air pressure
Rated Frequency 50 HZ Making Capacity 62.5 KAp
Rated Normal Current 1250 A Sym. Breaking 25 KA for
Capacity with Dur. 3 Sec
Shunt Trip coil 220 V DC P.F With stand V 70 KV
Spring REL. Coil 220 V DC Spec. IS 2156/
IEC 56
Rated operating 0.3 Min. - CO Month / Year of April/1991
Sequence Manufacturing
Sl. No. 9087652 TOTAL WEIGHT 1000 KG

2.1 132 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER

Particulars Rating / Value Particulars Rating /
Value
Make HIVOLTRANS ELECT. Type CB-14
PVT. LTD
Ref. Standard IS 2705-1992 Normal Sys. 132KV
Voltage
Rated Pri. 600-300-150 A Highest Sys. 145KV
Current Voltage
Insulation Level 275 RMS/ 650 PEAK S.Ty.Current 18.2/3
( Kv ) Ka/Sec
Frequency 50 HZ Wt. Of Oil /Ct 120/550
Kg
Min. Creep age 3625 mm Drg. No 0-325/CB-
14/B/2031
Sl. No 0-325/B/1 Suitable For Hotline Washing
CAUTION
1. Sec. Terminals Must Be Shorted Before Burdon Is Disconnected
2. P.F. Testing Terminal to Be Earthed During Operation.
CORE RATIO/ SEC. RATED ACC. Vk I exc@Vk Rct at

AMP. CONNE VA CLASS (V) (mA) MAX 75 0 C
CTION Min Max
1 600/1 1s1-1s3 - PS 1200 10 5.0
300/1 1s1-1s2 - PS 600 20 2.5
150/1 1s1-1s2 - PS 600 20 2.5
2 600/1 2s1-2s3 15 0.5 - - -
(S1-S3) Fs<5
300/1 2s1-2s2 15 0.5 - - -
(S1-S2) Fs<5
150/1 2s1-2s2 15 0.5 - - -
(S1-S2) Fs<5
3 600/1 3s1-3s3 - PS 1200 10 5.0
300/1 3s1-3s2 - PS 600 20 2.5
150/1 3s1-3s2 - PS 600 20 2.5
1s1 1s2 1s3 2s1 2s2 2s3 3s1 3s2 3s3

Particulars Rating / Value Particulars Rating / Value

Make W.S INDUSTRIES Type IT-245
Ref. Standard IS 2705-1992 HSV/NSV 245/ 220 KV
BIL 1050/460 KV S.T.Current 40/ 1 KA/Sec
Frequency 50 HZ Wt. Of Oil 350 KG
Making Capacity 100 KAp TOTAL WEIGHT 1200 KG
Sl. No/YEAR 5643/1997
RATIO 400-200-100/1-1-1-1-1
PRI/SEC 400/1 200/1 100/1
CURRENT (A)
PRI. CONN. P1C1– P2C2 C1-C2 C1-C2
SEC. CONN.
CORE 1 1S1-1S3 1S1-1S3 1S1-1S2
CORE2 2S1-2S3 2S1-2S3 2S1-2S2
CORE3 3S1-3S3,S’ 3S1-3S3,S’ 3S1-3S2,S’
CORE4 4S1-4S3 4S1-4S3 4S1-4S2
CORE5 5S1-5S3 5S1-5S3 5S1-5S2
CORE 1 2 3 4 5
OUT PUT* - - 40 - -
ACC. CLASS* PS PS 0.5 PS PS
ISF/ALF* - - ≤5 - -
Vk (V) Min* 1200 1200 - 1200 1200
I exc@Vk *(mA) 25 25 - 25 25
Max *
Rct at 75 0 C 5 5 - 5 5
Max*
* AT 400/1 AND 200/1 RATIO ONLY
P1 C2
C1 P2
S1 S2 S3

Particulars Rating / Value Particulars Rating / Value

Make GYRO LAB PVT. Type GWT-0/33
Ref. Standard IS 2705-1992 Frequency 50 HZ
Ratio 400-200-100/1-1-1A Highest Sys. Voltage 36 KV
Insulation Level 70/170 KV S.T.CurrentKA/Sec 25 KA / 1
Sl. No 3452
CORE RATED ACC. SF Vk I exc@Vk ISF Rct at 75

0 C Max
VA CLASS (V) (mA) mAX
Min
I 30 5P 10 - - -
II 30 0.5 - - - <5 -
III - PS 1000- 25/ 15 <3 /<6
1200
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
RATIO PRIMARY CONN. SEC. CONN.

100/1 C1+C2 S1-S2
200/1 P1+C1 & P2 +C2 S1-S2
400/1 P1+C1 & P2 +C2 S1-S3
P1 C2
C1 P2
S1 S2 S3

3. POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
3.1 132 KV CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (1 PH)

Value
Make CGL Sl. No. 02314
Type VCE :145/275/50 Rated Voltage 132 KV/ √3 KV
Highest System 145 KV Rated Insulation Level 275/650 KV
Voltage
Total WEIGHT 420 ± 10 % KG Rated Frequency 50HZ
CAP. OIL 25 ± 10 % KG Standard IS 3156
EMU OIL 85 ± 10 % KG HV ( Pri) Capacitance 6511+ 10%
- 5 % pF
Int. V ( Sec ) 35418 + 10% Equ. Cap 5575+ 10%
Capacitance - 5 % pF ( Cn ) for PLCC - 5 % pF
Nom. 13 KV TOTAL SIM. 150 VA / 0.5
Interme.Volt. BURDEN/CLASS
Total Thermal 300 VA Month / Year of MARCH./
Burden Manufacturing 98
Voltage Factor 1.2 Continuous / 1.5 1 ph solidly earth Connection
for 30 Sec
Rated Sec. Voltage Terminal Marking Rated burden VA Acc. Class

110/√3 V 1a-1n 100 0.5
110/√3 V 2a-2n 100 3P
3.2 33 KV POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER ( 1 PH )

Value
Make GYRO LAB PVT. Type GWT-0/33
Ref. Standard IS 3156 ( PT I,II,III ) SL. NO 4536
Ratio 33/√3 KV/ 110/√3 V Insulation Level 70/170 KV
Voltage Factor 1.2 Continuous / Highest Sys. Voltage 36 KV
1.5 for 30 Sec
RATED ACC. TERMINAL

CORE VA CLASS MARKING
W1 100 0.5 1a-1n
W2 100 0.5 2a-2n

3.3 220 KV CAPACITOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (1 PH)

Value Value
Make ABB Limited Sl. No. 2204147
Type WP 245N2 Rated Voltage 220/√3 KV
Highest System 245 KV Rated Insulation 245/460/1050
Voltage Level KV
Total Creepage 6125 min. Rated Frequency 50 HZ
nom.mm
Wt of Oil 140 KG Standard IEC : 60186/ IS :
3156
Total Weight 750 KG HV ( Pri) 4840 pF
Capacitance
Int. V ( Sec ) 48400 pF Equip. Cap 4400 + 10 %
Capacitance ( Cn ) for PLCC - 5 % pF
Nom. Intermediate 20/√3 KV Temp. category - 5 to 55 0 C
Volt.
Total Thermal 750 VA Class of A
Burden Insulation
1 ph solidly earth Connection Suitable for hot Line Washing
Month / Year of MARCH./ 99 Voltage Divider 220/√3
Manufacturing ratio KV/20/√3 KV
Voltage Factor 1.2 Continuous / G.A Drg. No. 1HYT900158-
1.5 for 30 Sec 013
Rated Sec. Terminal Rated burden Acc.

Voltage Marking VA Class
110/√3 V 1a-1n 150 0.5
110/√3 V 2a-2n 150 3P
110/√3 V 3a-3n 50 3P

1. ELECTRICAL SPAN FOR TRANSMISSION LINE
VOLTAGES (KV) SPAN (MTR)

66 240, 250, 275
132 315, 325, 335
220 335, 350, 375
400 400, 425
800 400, 450
WIND SPAN
It is the Sum of Two Half Spans adjacent to the support under
consideration
2. PARAMETERS FOR DIFF. SOILS FOR TOWER

FOUNDATION
SL TYPE OF SAFE DENSITY ANGLE OF

NO SOIL BEARING (kg / m3 ) REPOSE
CAPACITY DEGREE θ
(kg / m2 )
1 Normal Dry 11000 1440 30
2 Black Cotton 5500 1000 0
3 Soft Rock 44000 1700 20 to 30
4 Hard Rock 87000 2000 45
5 Fully 5500 1000 15
Submerged
3 WIND ZONE
WIND BASIC WIND WIND BASIC WIND

ZONE SPEED (m/Sec) ZONE SPEED (m/Sec)
1 33 4 47
2 39 5 50
3 44 6 55

4 PERMISSIBLE WEIGHT SPAN
(Hor. Span between Lowest points of the conductors on the two adjacent spans)
Terrain/Tower 400 KV 220KV 132KV 66KV

Type Normal Broken Normal Broken Normal Broken Normal Broken
Max/ Wire Max Wire Max Wire Max Wire
Min Max /Min Max /Min Max /Min Max
/Min Min /Min /Min
Plain Suspension 600/200 360/100 525/200 315/100 488/195 195/104 375/163 150/75
Small/ 600/0 360/-200 525/0 315/-200 488/0 195/-200 375/0 150/-150
Medium
Angle
Large 600/0 360/-300 525/0 315/-300 488/0 195/-300 NA NA
Angle
Hilly Suspension 600/200 360/100 525/200 315/100 488/208 192/104 375/163 150/75
Small/ 1000/ -600/-600 1000/ -600/-600 960/ 576/-576 750/-750 450/-450
Medium -1000 -1000 -960
/Large
Angle
5 DISC INSULATOR FOR EHT LINES

VOLTAGE SUSPENSION TENSION
NO. OF DISCS UTS IN KN NO. OF DISCS UTS IN KN
66KV 5 45 6 50
132KV 9 70 10 120
220KV 14 90 15 120
400KV 23 115 2X23 165

6. INSULATORS STRINGS FOR 132 KV, 220 KV & 400 KV
PARTICULARS DISC INSULATOR DISC INSULATOR

( STANDARD TYPE) ( ANTI-FOG TYPE )
70 KN 90 KN 120 KN 160KN 70KN 90 KN 120KN 160KN
Size and designation of the ball pin shank 16 16 20 20 16 16 20 20
mm
Diameter of the disc mm 255/ 255/ 280 280 280/ 255 280 280
280 280 305 /280
Tolerance on the diameter +/- mm 11/13 11/13 13 13 13/15 11/13 13 13
Ball to ball spacing between disc mm 145 145 145 170 145 145 145 170
Tolerance on ball to ball spacing +/- mm 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 5
Minimum creepage distance of a single 292 292 315 330 430 292 315 330
disc@
Steepness of the impulse voltage which the 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
disc unit can withstand in Steep wave front
test ( KV per micro sec)
Purity of zinc used for galvanizing % 99.95 99.95 99.95 99.95 99.95 99.95 99.95 99.95
No. of dips in Standard Preece Test
1] Cap socket 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
2] Ball Pin 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
@ The minimum creepage distance of single composite insulator unit shall be such that it matches with the total
creepage distance of the respective strings with disc insulator units.

7. AIR CLEARANCE AND SWING ANGLES
(Live Conductor to Earthed Metal Part)
System Single Suspension Insulator Jumper

Voltage/ Swing from Minimum Swing from Minimum
Line Vertical Clearance Vertical Clearance
Voltage ( Degree ) (mm ) ( Degree ) (mm )
72/66 Nil 915 Nil 915
KV 15 915 10 915
30 760 20 610
45 610 30 610
145/132 Nil 1530 Nil 1530
KV 15 1530 10 1530
30 1370 20 1070
45 1220 30 1070
60 1070 - -
245/220 Nil 2130 Nil 2130
KV 15 1980 10 2130
30 1830 20 1675
45 1675 - -
420/400 Nil 3050 Nil 3050
KV 22 3050 20 3050
44 1860 40 1860
800 KV Nil 5600/5100 Nil 5100
Zone-I & 22 4400 15 4400
II 45 1300 30 1300
800KV Nil 5600/5100 Nil 5100
Zone-III 27 4400 20 4400
& IV 55 1300 40 1300
800KV Nil 5600/5100 Nil 5100
Zone-V 30 4400 22 4400
& VI 60 1300 45 1300
± 500KV Nil @ 3750 40 1600
DC ( V – String )
8. FORMULAE FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
CLEARANCE in Mtr.
1. Vertical Clearance :- 0.75 √ d75 + ls + ( V/150 )
2. Horizontal Clearance :- 0.62 √ d75 + ls + ( V/150 )
Where :- d75 :- Sag at 75 0 C , ls – Length of Insulator String in Mtr,
V- Voltage in KV

9. TYPICAL SAG- TENSION CALCULATION OF
CONDUCTOR ( AAAC-ZEBRA )
Properties of Conductor
Sectional area – 487.5 mm2

Overall Dia _ 28.71 mm
Weight :- 1.3455 Kg/m
Mod. Of Elasticity ( E ) - 5608x106 Kg/m2
Coefficient Linear Expansion ( α ) – 23 x10-6 / 0 C
Mini. Ultimate Tensile Tension – 131.63 KN = 134522
KG
Normal Span – 350 m
Wind pressure – 52 Kg/m2
Min. Temp. – 0 0 C
Max Temperature - 90 0 C
Every Day Temperature – 32 0 C
Factor of Safety – 4
CALCULATION
Working Tension ( T1) = Mini. Ultimate Tensile Tension/ FOS=

= 134522 KG/4 = 3355.5 KG
Working Stress ( f1) = 3355.5/487.5 x10-6 = 6.88 x106 KG/m2
Sag And Tension at 90 0 C ( Still Air ) HOT SAG
F =[ f1 – ( w2 l2 E / 24 T12 )] - α E ( θ2 – θ1 )
= [6.88 x106 – (1.34552 x 3502 x 5608x106 / 24 x 3355.52 ) ] - 23
x10-6 x 23 x10-6 ( 90 -32 )
= - 5.20041 x 106
T2 = Tension = f2 x A
But f22 ( f2 - F ) = G = w2 l2 E / 24 A2
f22( f2 + 5.20041 x 106) =1.34552x 3502 x5608x106 /24x487.5x10-12
Now f2 = 4.7006 x 106 Kg/m2
T2 = Tension = f2 x A = 4.7006 x 106 x487.5x10- 6 = 2292 KG
SAG = D2 = w l2 / 8 T2= 8.989 Mtr

Sag And Tension at 0 0 C ( Still Air ) COLD SAG
F =[ f1 – ( w2 l2 E / 24 T12 )] - α E ( θ2 – θ1 )
= [6.88 x106 – (1.34552 x 3502 x 5608x106 / 24 x 3355.52 ) ] - 23
x10-6 x 23 x10-6 ( 0 -32 )
= 6.40815 x 106
T3 = Tension = f3 x A
But f32 ( f3 - F ) = G = w2 l2 E / 24 A2
f32( f3 - 6.40815 x 106) =1.34552x 3502 x5608x106 /24x487.5x10-12
Now f3 = 9.0629x 106 Kg/m2
T3 = Tension = f3 x A = 4418 KG
SAG = D3 = w l2 / 8 T3= 4.663 Mtr
10 SPAN VERSUS SAG TABLE ( AAAC ZEBRA )
SPAN HOT SAG COLD SAG SPAN HOT SAG COLD SAG
( D2 ) ( D3 ) ( D2 ) ( D3 )
w l2 / 8 T2 w l2 / 8 T3 w l2 / 8 T2 w l2 / 8 T3
10 0.00733 0.0038 300 6.60422 3.20157
50 0.18345 0.09517 350 8.98907 4.663415
100 0.73380 0.38068 400 11.7408 6.090991
150 1.65105 0.85654 450 14.8594 7.708910
200 2.93520 1.52274 500 18.3450 9.51717
250 4.58626 2.37929 550 22.1975 11.51578
11. LINE LOADING ( SIL – SURGE LOADING IMPENDANCE)
VOLTAGE No/ Size Conductor( mm2 ) SIL (MW )

(KV)
765 4/ 686 2250
765 4/ 686 614
400 2/520 515
400 4/420 614
400 3/420 560
400 2/520 155
220ZEBRA 420 132
132 200 50

12 TRANSMISSION TOWERS
12.1 TYPE & SHAPE OF TOWERS

TYPES UTILISATION
Suspension Tangent Tower( 0 0 ), Straight Run
( With Intermediate Tower Straight Run & up to 20
I or V (0 0 to 20 ) , deviation
insulator) A TYPE
Light Angle Tower Straight Run & up to 5 0
0 0
(0 to 5 ) deviation
Tension (0 0 to 15 0 ) B TYPE Line Deviation (0 0 to 15 0 )
0 0
Tower (15 to 30 ) Line Deviation (15 0 to 30 0 )
With C TYPE
Tension (30 0 to 60 0 ) Line Deviation (30 0 to 60 0 )
String D TYPE
Dead End Dead End or Anchor Tower
Large Angle Line Deviation (30 0 to 60 0)
And Dead End or Dead End
Note :-1 Transposition Tower : Two multiple tension insulator strings are
connected back-to- back through a Strain plate, A single suspension
insulator string with almost the double insulator Discs and air gap is
suspended.
2. Special Tower: Used for River crossing, Valley Crossing Creek
Crossing, Power line crossing.
12.2 SLOPE OF TOWER LEGS AND SHIELD ANGLES
Voltage Towers Slope Voltage Level Shield

Angle
Suspension 4 0- 9 0 66, 110, 132, 220 KV 300
Up to 220 KV Angle 70- 110 400 KV SC ( Hor.) 200
Outer phase
Dead end 80- 130 400 KV SC( Vertical) 200
Suspension 80- 120 400 KV DC 200
400 KV and Angle 100- 170 800 KV SC ( Hor.) 150
above Outer phase
Dead end 110- 150 Inner phase 450

12.3 TOWER SPOTTING DATA ( REFERENCE )
( Ex :- 220 KV DC from Indravati to Theruvali LINE )
Sl. DATA TOWER TYPE

No A B/SEC C/SEC D/DE
1 Deviation not to 20 150/ 00 300/ 00 600/ 150
exceed
2 Insulator string Suspension Tension Tension Tension
3 Vertical Load Min ( Max ) Min ( Max ) Min ( Max ) Min ( Max )
Limit Weight
Span
3a GROUND WIRE
Effect of both span 525 ( 100 ) 525 ( 100 ) 600 (100) 600 (100 )
Effect of one span 315 (100 ) 315 (100 ) 360 (100 ) 360 (100 )
3b CONDUCTOR
Effect of both span 525 ( 100 ) 525 ( 100 ) 600 (100 ) 600 (100 )
4 WEIGHT OF WIRES
4a GROUND WIRE
Effect of both span 227(43 ) 227(43 ) 258 ( 43 ) 258 ( 43 )
Effect of one span 136 ( 43 ) 136 ( 43 ) 155 ( 43 ) 155 ( 43 )
4b CONDUCTOR
Effect of both span 706 ( 135 ) 706 ( 135 ) 807 (135 ) 807 (135 )
5 Permissible sum of adjacent of one span
for deviation 20 700 150 700 300 700 600 700
angles 10 810 140 809 290 806 590 795
00 910 130 918 280 913 580 891
- - 120 1027 270 1020 570 988
- - 110 1137 260 1127 560 1085
- - 100 1247 250 1234 550 1182
- - and and and
belo belo belo
w w w
6 Design LOAD Tension in KG
6a GROUND WIRE
320 C ( Full Wind ) 1640 1626/1640 1584/1640 1428/1640
00C ( 2/3 Full Wind ) 1712 1697/1712 1653/1712 1483/1712
6b CONDUCTOR
320 C ( Full Wind ) 2122 4287/4843 4098/4243 3675/4243
00C ( 2/3 Full Wind ) 2406 4771/4812 4648/4812 4167/4812

12.4 STANDARD STEEL SECTION USED FOR TOWERS
SLNO TYPE SECTION IN mm UNIT WT Kg/ Mtr REMARK (USE)

1 HT 150×150×20 44.1 Leg
2 HT 150×150×16 35.8 Leg
3 HT 150×150×15 33.8 Leg
4 HT 150×150×12 27.3 Cleat
5 HT 130×130×12 23.5 Cleat
6 HT 130×130×10 19.7 Cleat
7 HT 120×120×10 18.2 Leg
8 MS 110×110×8 13.4 Leg
9 HT 110×110×8 13.4 X A Rm
10 HT 110×110×10 16.6 Leg
11 MS 100×100×8 12.1 Leg
12 MS 100×100×7 10.7 Leg
13 MS 100×100×6 9.2 Leg
14 HT 90×90×7 9.6 Bracing
15 MS 90×90×6 8.2 Cleat
16 HT 90×90×6 8.2 Leg
17 MS 80×80×6 7.3 Cleat
18 HT 80×80×6 7.3 Bracing
19 MS 75×75×6 6.8 CLEAT
20 HT 75×75×6 6.8 Bracing
21 MS 70×70×5 5.3 Bracing
22 HT 70×70×5 5.3 Bracing
23 MS 65×65×5 4.9 Redundant
24 HT 65×65×5 4.9 Bracing
25 HT 65×65×4 4.0 Redundant
26 HT 65×65×4 4.0 Bracing
30 MS 55×55×4 3.3 Bracing

12.5 DIMENSIONS ON VARIOUS CATEGORIES OF TOWERS. [REFER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
132 KV (Normal Span - 300 mtrs. Conductor-37/3, 15mm AAA, Earth Wire-7/3.15mm GS wire) All in mms
Tower Dimension A B C D E F G H I
Type of Tower
DA (0 to 2 Deg.) 28908 4193 4170 4230 16315 2455 7606 6100+150 3150
DB (2 to 15 Deg.) 27550 5890 3900 3900 13860 0 7606 6100+150 2600
DC (15 to 30 Deg.) 27810 6150 3900 3900 13860 0 7606 6100+150 2660
DD (30 to 60 Deg.) 28280 5990 4130 4300 13880 0 7607 6100+150 2475
J K M N O P Q R S L
DA (0 to 2 Deg.) 850 3150 3028 1024 3028 3045 1200 3045 5890
DB (2 to 15 Deg.) 1600 2600 2525 1750 2525 2560 1900 2560 6700
DC (15 to 30 Deg.) 1800 2360 2770 1900 2130 2905 2000 2100 7000
DD (30 to 60 Deg.) 1860 2475 2291 2217 2291 2665 2600 2665 8600
220 KV(Normal Span-350 mtrs, Conductor-37/4mm AAA, Earthwire-7/3.15mm GS wire)
A B C D E F G H I
DA (0 to 2 Deg.) 35506 5540 5175 5275 19515 2768 9582 7015+150 3600
DB (2 to 15 Deg.) 34490 7940 4900 4900 16750 0 9582 7015+150 3706
DC (15 to 30 Deg.) 35390 7940 5350 5350 16750 0 9582 7015+150 3466
DD (30 to 60 Deg.) 35255 8406 5050 5060 16750 0 9582 7015+150 3650
J K M N O P Q R S L
DA (0 to 2 Deg.) 1400 3600 3591 1598 3591 3900 1800 3900 7502
DB (2 to 15 Deg.) 1750 3025 3612 1975 3012 3475 2200 3096 7830
DC (15 to 30 Deg.) 2068 3166 3757 2285 2667 3950 2500 3180 8500
DD (30 to 60 Deg.) 2400 3650 3450 2800 3450 3250 3200 3250 9900

400 KV(Normal span-400 Mtrs, Conductor-61/3.45mm AAA, Earth wire-7/3.66mm GS Wire)
A B C D E F G H I
DA (0 to 2 Deg.) 46030 4660 8100 8300 24970 4140 11838 8840+150 4730
DB (2 to 15 Deg.) 45069 8241 8000 8000 20828 0 11838 8840+150 6000
DC (15 to 30 Deg.) 45069 8241 8000 8000 20828 0 11833 8840+150 6740
DD (30 to 60 Deg.) 45578 8250 8200 8300 20828 0 11838 8840+150 5450
J K M N O P Q R S L
DA (0 to 2 Deg.) 1800 4730 4750 2245 4750 5400 2700 5400 10200 6200
DB (2 to 15 Deg.) 2500 5230 5975 3750 5225 6500 5000 5720 14500 8960
DC (15 to 30 Deg.) 2600 5330 6740 4100 5380 7200 5600 5820 14607 10648
DD (30 to 60 Deg.) 2800 5450 5454 4192 5454 6400 5600 6400 15700 8500
Note: - 1. Dims are for standard Towers only 2. “E’ Length of Suspn. Stng. inc. hanger rope
3. “G “Max. Sag of Conductor at 85 0 C 4. “ H ‘” Min. Ground clearance inc. sag error

1. DATA FOR SOME ACSR CONDUCTORS
Code Eq. Area Size/Dia OD Wt. Brkd Rdc20 Amp

Name (mm2 ) ( No / mm ) (mm ) ( Kg/Km ) ( kg ) (ohm/km )
Cu. Al. Al. Steel
Parrot 25 41.87 6/3.0 1/3.0 9 171 1503 0.6795 115
Mink 40 62.32 6/3.66 1/3.66 11 255 2207 0.4565 165
Beaver 45 74.07 6/3.99 1/3.99 12 303 2613 0.3841 176
Otter 50 82.85 6/4.22 1/ 4.22 12.6 339 2923 0.3434 185
Lion 140 232.5 30/3.18 7/3.18 22.3 1097 10210 0.1223 405
Deer 260 419.3 30/4.27 1/ 4.27 29.9 1977 16230 0.06756 590
Camel 300 464.5 54/3.35 7/3.35 30.2 1804 14750 0.06125 610
Lark - - 30/2.924 7/2.924 20.47 923 9080 - -
Bear - - 30/3.353 7/3.353 23.5 1219 11300 - -
Kundah - - 42/3.595 7/1.96 26.88 1218 9050 - -
Canary - - 54/3.280 7/13.28 29.51 1721 14650 - -
Dove - - 26/3.72 7/2.89 23.55 1137 10180 - -
Redwing - - 30/3.92 19/2.35 27.46 1648 15690 - -
Bersimis - - 42/4.57 7/2.34 35.1 2185 15734 - -
Curlew - - 54/3.51 7/3.51 31.62 1976 16850 - -
Duck - - 54/2.69 7/2.69 24.18 1158 10210 - -
Gopher - - 6/2.36 ½.36 7.09 106 952 1.098 85

2. CHARACTERISTICS OF ACSR CONDUCTOR AS PER IS 398 PART II 1976
Area OD Wt Rdc20 Rac67 Rac75 Amp75 Amp90
mmsq. mm kg ohm/km Brkd kg ohm/km ohm/km amps amps
ACSR Mole 6+1/1.50 10.6 4.5 42.8 2.779845 379.1 3.79784 3.9 56.3 66.9
ASCR 6+1/1.96 18.1 5.88 73.2 1.617859 647.2 2.21034 2.27 77.7 92.7
ASCR Squirrel 6+1/2.11 21 6.33 84.8 1.393964 750 1.90446 1.956 84.8 101
ASCR Weasel 6+1/2.59 31.6 7.77 128 0.929104 1130 1.26938 1.304 107.9 130
ASCR Rabbit 6+1/3.35 52.9 10.05 214 0.555761 1891 0.75935 0.78 146 177
ASCR Racon 6+1/4.09 78.8 12.27 319 0.371222 2818 0.50727 0.521 184.7 225
ASCR Horse 12+7/2.79 73.4 13.95 536 0.399665 6214 0.54605 0.561 181.8 225
ASCR Cat 6+1/4.50 95.4 13.5 386 0.3007 3412 0.41094 0.422 208.5 255
ASCR Dog 6 /4.72+7/1.57 105 14.15 394 0.279197 3290 0.38158 0.392 218 267
ASCR Leopard 6/5.28+7/1.75 13.14 15.81 452 0.223462 4102 0.30547 0.314 247.9 305
ASCR Tiger 30+7/2.36 131.2 16.52 602 0.225908 5719 0.26931 0.277 265.8 328
ASCR Coyote 26/2.54+7/1.90 131.7 15.86 519 0.224771 4462 0.26799 0.275 264.8 326
ASCR Wolf 30+7/2.59 158.1 18.13 725 0.187139 6888 0.22314 0.229 296.1 366
ASCR Lynx30+7/2.79 183.4 19.53 842 0.161 7993 0.19202 0.197 222.7 401
ASCR Panther 30+7/3.00 212.1 21 973 0.139037 9242 0.16588 0.17 350.7 437
ASCR Goat 30+7/3.71 324.3 25.97 1488 0.091057 14134 0.10882 0.112 445.3 562
ASCR Sheep 30+7/3.99 375.1 27.93 1721 0.078605 16348 0.09403 0.965 483.2 613
ASCR Kundah 42.3.53+7/1.96 404.1 26.88 1280 0.073106 9015 0.09017 0.093 491.2 622
ASCR Zebra 54+7/3.18 428.9 28.62 1620 0.068691 13466 0.08463 0.087 510.8 649
ASCR Moose 54+7/3.53 528.5 31.77 1996 0.055959 16594 0.06919 0.071 571.6 732
ASCR Drake 26/4.44+7/3.45 402.6 28.11 1625 0.07094 14197 0.08503 0.087 508.5 645
ASCR Morkulla 42/4.13+7/2 30563 31.68 1780 0.052576 12515 0.06533 0.067 588.1 753
ASSUMPTIONS OF THE STUDY: - Wind velocity 0.611M/s, Solar Constant 1164Watt/m2, Ambient Temp. 45 0 C ,
Resistivity and UTS as per relevant IS

3. COMMONLY USED ACSR LINE CONDUCTORS AND EARTH CONDUCTORS
(GALVANISED)
Code Size/Dia Voltage OD Area Wt. Brkd Rdc20 Amp Max.
Name ( No / mm) (KV ) (mm ) (mm2 ) Kg/Km ( kg ) ohm/km Allow
Temp.0C
Al Steel
Dog 6/4.72 7/1.57 66 14.15 118.5 394 3290 0.281 218 75
Panther 30/3 7/3 110, 132 21 261.5 974 9242 0.14 350.7 75
Zebra 54/3.18 7/3.18 220 28.62 484.5 1621 13466 0.06915 510.8 75
Tw. Moose 54/3.53 7/3.53 400 31.77 597 2004 16594 0.05552 571.6 75
COMMONLY USED EARTH CONDUCTORS (GALVANISED )
STEEL 7/3.15 STEEL 66 - 220 9.54 54.55 428 5913 3.375 - 53
TWO -
STEEL 7/3..66 STEEL 400 10.98 73.65 583 7848 2.5 53
4. DETAILS OF G.I. WIRES AND STAY WIRES

Sl No Description Size Weight per Kmtr Dia of Wire Max. Breaking Load in Kg
(kg) in mm 40 –ton 45-ton 60- ton 70-ton
1 Stay Wire 7/8 SWG 729 4.06 5730 6446 8270 10029
2 Stay Wire 7/10 SWG 456 3.25 3669 4135 5505 6418
3 Stay Wire 7/12 SWG 306 2.64 2421 2724 3634 4238
4 Stay Wire 7/14 SWG 209 2.03 1432 1613 2151 2507
5 G.I. Wire 4 SWG 214 5.89 1721 - 2582 -
6 G.I. Wire 6 SWG 146 4.87 1179 - 1768 -
7 G.I. Wire 8 SWG 103 4.06 819 - 1228 -
8 G.I. Wire 10 SWG 65 3.25 524 - 746 -

5. CHARACTERSTICS OF AAAC CONDUCTOR AS PER IS 398 PART IV 1979
Area OD Wt Rdc20 Brkd Rac67 Rac75 Rac90 Amp67 Amp75 Amp 90
SIZE mmsq. mm kg ohm/km kg ohm/km ohm/km ohm/km amps amps amps
10 7/1.49 12.2 4.47 33.4 2.697011 347.9 3.15342 3.231 3.376735 61.7 73.4 90.4
20 7/2.09 24 6.27 65.7 1.370785 684.4 1.60277 1.642 1.716271 92.3 111 137
30 7/2.56 36 7.68 98.5 0.913655 1027 1.06832 1.095 1.143968 117 141 176
50 7/3 .31 60.2 9.39 165 0.54652 1717 0.63912 0.655 0.068436 159 192 241
80 19/2.46 903 12.3 248 0.366307 2574 0.42848 0.439 0.458795 201 245 309
100 19/2.79 116.2 13.95 319 0.284778 3311 0.3321 0.341 0.356773 233 285 360
150 37/2.49 160.2 17.43 496 0.184006 5135 0.21552 0.221 0.230732 300 371 471
200 37/2.88 241 20.16 664 0.137545 6869 0.16124 0.165 0.172683 354 441 537
400 37/3.92 446.5 27.44 1230 0.074243 12727 0.08775 0.09 0.093831 499 633 821
420 61/3.19 487.5 28.71 1346 0.68153 13163 0.08071 0.083 0.086283 523 666 865
520 61/3.55 603.8 31.95 1666 0.055031 16302 0.0556 0.067 0.070077 587 753 984
560 61/3.68 648.8 33.12 1791 0.061212 17518 0.06123 0.063 0.06538 610 785 1027
7/2.00 22 6 60.1 1.496932 626.7 1.75026 1.793 1.874203 87.6 105 130
7/2.50 34.4 7.5 94 0.958036 979.3 1.12021 1.148 1.19953 114 137 171
7/3.15 54.6 9.45 149 0.603449 1555 0.70567 0.072 0.755628 150 181 227
7 /3.81 79.8 11.43 218 0.412489 2275 0.48245 0.494 0.516595 187 228 286
7/4.26 99.8 12.78 273 0.329946 2844 0.38599 0.395 0.413291 213 260 328
19/2.89 124.6 14.45 343 0.465411 3552 0.31058 0.318 0.332542 242 298 376
19/3.15 148.1 15.75 407 0.223406 4220 0.26152 0.268 0.279998 268 330 418
19/3.40 172.5 17 474 0.19176 4916 0.22457 0.23 0.240425 292 631 459
19/3.66 199.9 18.3 549 0.165483 5697 0.49391 0.499 0.207581 318 394 403
19/3.94 231.7 19.7 634 0.142798 6602 0.16745 0.172 0.179242 346 430 550
37/3.15 288.3 22.05 794 0.114977 8218 0.13504 0.138 0.14452 391 490 629

CHARACTERSTICS OF AAAC CONDUCTOR Continued from before page
Area OD Wt Rdc20 Brkd Rac67 Rac75 Rac90 Amp67 Amp75 Amp 90
SIZE mmsq. mm kg ohm/km kg ohm/km ohm/km ohm/km amps amps amps
37/3.45 345.9 24.15 953 0.9585 9858 0.1128 0.116 0.120686 433 545 703
37/3.71 400 25.97 1102 0.082886 11400 0.09775 0.1 0.104561 470 594 768
37/4.00 465.1 28 1281 0.71303 13251 0.08435 0.086 0.090186 510 448 841
61/3.31 524.9 29.79 1449 0.063301 14172 0.07511 0.077 0.08028 545 695 904
61/345 570.2 31.05 1574 0.058268 15397 0.06932 0.071 0.074065 570 729 950
31/3.55 603.8 31.95 1666 0.055031 16302 0.0656 0.061 0.070077 587 753 984
61/3.66 641.8 32.94 1771 0.051773 17328 0.06187 0.063 0.66069 607 780 1020
61/3.81 695.5 34.29 1919 0.047777 18777 0.0573 0.059 0.061167 633 816 1070
61/4.00 766.5 36 2116 0.043346 20697 0.05226 0.053 0.055751 666 862 1134
6. ALL ALUMINIUM CONDUCTORS (A.A.C)
Code Eq. Area (mm2 ) Size/Dia OD Wt. Brkd Rdc20
Name Cu. Al. ( No / mm ) (mm ) ( Kg/Km ) ( KN ) (ohm/km )
Rose 13 20 7/1.96 5.88 58 2.6 2.156
Gnat 16 25 7/2.21 6.63 74 4.52 1.093
Pancy 25 40 7/2.78 8.34 116 7.55 0.6756
Ant 30 50 7/3.1 9.3 145 8.25 0.5561
Fly 40 60 7/3.4 10.2 174 11.64 0.4244
Slutrottle 45 70 7/3.66 10.95 201 12.6 0.3915
Clap 60 90 7/4017 12.61 261 14.05 0.3369
Wasp 65 100 7/4.39 13.17 290 15.96 0.277
Crafter 130 200 19/3.78 18.9 586 34.05 0.1393
Spider 104 240 19/3.55 19.95 654 35.74 0.1244
Butterfly 185 300 19/4.65 23.25 888 48.74 0.0917
Moth 225 370 19/5.00 25 1025 52.5 0.0837

7. DETAILS OF EARTH WIRES:
Sl Standing Weight Overall Total area UTS UTS UTS Mod. of Co-efficient of
No. No./dia per mtr dia sectional elasticity linear
(mm) (kg) (mm) (mm2) 700 kg. 1100 Kg 1570 Kg kg/cm2 expansion
N/(mm2) per0C
N/(mm2) N/(mm2)
1 7/3.15 0.429 9.45 54.552 3899 5913 8297 1.933x106 11.50 x 10-6
2 7/3.50 0.523 10.50 67.348 4587 7177 10243 - do - - do -
3 7/3.66 0.583 10.98 73.648 4994 7848 11201 - do - - do -
4 7/4.00 0.690 12.00 87.965 5985 9374 13379 - do - - do -
5 19/3.15 1.163 15.75 148.069 10041 15778 - - do - - do -
6 19/3.50 1.436 17.50 182.801 12396 19479 - - do - - do -
7 19/3.66 1.570 18.30 199.897 13555 - - - do - - do -
8 19/4.00 1.875 20.00 238.761 16191 - - - do - - do -
OPTICAL FIBRE GLASS
9 1/5+8/3.2 0.458 11.40 71.41 8000 - - 1.520x106 013.40x106

8. SOME COMMON USED AAAC CONDUCTORS
Sl. DESCRIPTION 400 KV, AAAC 61/3.45 400 KV, AAAC 61/3.45 400 KV, AAAC 61/3.45
No
1 Profile DC Single AAAC Conductor per phase in Vertical Position

2 SPAN in Mtrs
A) Design Span 400 Mtr 350 Mtr 220 Mtr
B) Max. Span 1100 Mtr 1100 Mtr 1000Mtr
C) min. Span 100 Mtr 100 Mtr 100 Mtr
3 TENSILE LOAD in Kg f per Conductor for wind 50 mtr/s ( Zone 5 )
A) For Temp. 50 C 3265 2919 1791
(Still Air )
B) For Temp. 50 C 4646 4090 2735
36 % Wind Speed )
B) For Temp.320 C 7805 6551 4469
36 % Wind Speed )
4 ARMOROUS ROD Standard preformed armour rods/ AGS
USED
5 Max. Permissible + 150 micro strains
Dynamic strain

1. DIFFERENT CLEARANCES UP TO 66 KV (AC)
Sl. CATEGORY OF CLEARANCES Unit LV MV 11 33 66 REMARK

KV KV KV
1 Clearances of Overhead Electrical Lines across Mtr 5.8 5.8 6.1 6.1 6.4 Rule 77 IE 1956
the street
2 Along the street Mtr 5.5 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.4 Rule 77 IE 1956
3 Else Where Mtr 4.6 4.6 5.2 5.5 5.8 Do
4 Minimum clearance between Conductor & Mtr - - 2.6 2.8 3.4 IS 5613
Tree
5 Clearance to Ground at Crossing with Tram- Mtr 1.2 1.2 2.44 2.44 3.05 Rule 78 IE 1956
way / Trolley
6 Clearance to Ground at Crossing with Telecom Mtr - - - - 2.44 IS 5613 ( Part II/
lines Sec-I ) 1985
7 Clearance to Ground at railway crossing
1. Inside Station Mtr - - 13.28 13.28 13.59 IS 5613 ( Part II/
2. Out Side Station - - 11.28 11.59 12.20 Sec-I ) 1985
8 Clearance to Ground at Electrified railway
crossing Mtr - - 15.28 15.28 15.59 IS 5613 ( Part II/
3. Inside Station - - 13.28 13.28 13.59 Sec-I ) 1985
4. Out Side Station
9 Vertical Clearance of Overhead Lines from any Mtr 2.5 2.5 3.7 3.7 4.0 Rule 77 &79 IE
building roof 1956
10 Horizo. Clearance of Overhead Lines from any Mtr 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.0 Rule 79 & 80 IE
building roof 1956

Sl. CATEGORY OF CLEARANCES Unit LV MV 11 33 66 REMARK
KV KV KV
11 Ground Clearance in Out Door Sub Station Mtr - - 2.75 3.7 4.0 Rule 64-2 (a) (ii) IE
1956
12 Sectional Clearance in Out Door Sub Station Mtr - - 2.6 2.8 3.0 do
13 Clearance from power conductor to Earthed Mtr - - - 0.33 0.915 Is –4513 (Pt-2/ Sec-
Metal parts 1 ) 1985
14 Clearance live conductor to Earthed Metal Mtr - - 0.12 0.32 0.63 IS 10118 (Pt-III
parts of Switchgear 1982
15 Phase to Phase Clearance of Overhead lines Mtr - - 0.4 0.4 0.75 to IS -5613
1.6
16 Phase to Phase Clearance inside Sub- Station Mtr - - 0.4 0.4 0.75 do
17 Phase to Phase Clearance inside Switch yard Mtr - - 0.12 0.32 0.63 do
18 Clearance of Right way width Mtr - - 7 15 18 Is –5613 (Pt-2/ Sec-
1 ) 1985
19 Clearance between line crossing each other Mtr - - 2.44 2.44 2.44 do
20 Clearance Line conductor to Earth wire of Tr. Mtr - - - 1.5 3.0 Do- (Pt-2/Sec-2 )
Line ( Midspan)
21 Min. Ground Clearance of Tr. Lines Mtr - - - - 5.5 Rule 77-4 IE 1956
22 Min. Clearance above Highest Flood Level of Mtr - - - - 3.65 IE 1956
Tr. Lines
23 Clearance Line conductor to Earth wire of at Θ0 - -- - - 30 IE 1956
TOWER (angle )
24 Minimum clearance between phases ( CABLE Mm 50.8 50.8 50.8 127 -
BOX )
25 Minimum clearance to Earth ( CABLE BOX ) Mm 50.8 50.8 50.8 101.6 -

2. DIFFERENT CLEARANCES FROM 132 KV TO 400 KV (AC) AND 500 KV (DC)
Sl. CATEGORY OF CLEARANCES Unit 132 220 400 800 ±500 REMARK
KV KV KV KV KV
1 Clearances of Overhead Electrical Lines across Mtr 7.01 7.83 9.5 - - Rule 77 IE 1956
the street
2 Along the street Mtr 7.01 7.83 9.5 - - Rule 77 IE 1956
3 Else Where Mtr 6.41 7.23 8.9 - - Do
4 Minimum clearance between Conductor & Mtr 4.0 4.6 5.5 - - IS 5613
Tree
5 Clearance to Ground at Crossing with Tram- Mtr 3.57 3.85 - - - Rule 78 IE 1956
way / Trolley
6 Clearance to Ground at Crossing with Telecom Mtr 3.05 4.58 5.49 7.94 - IS 5613 ( Part II/
lines Sec-I ) 1985
7 Clearance to Ground at railway crossing
5. Inside Station Mtr 14.2 15.11 - - - IS 5613 ( Part II/
6. Out Side Station 13.11 - - - - Sec-I ) 1985
8 Clearance to Ground at Electrified railway
crossing Mtr 16.2 18.6615.11 - - - IS 5613 ( Part II/
7. Inside Station 14.2 - - - Sec-I ) 1985
8. Out Side Station
9 Vertical Clearance of Overhead Lines from any Mtr 4.6 5.4 7.04 Rule 77 &79 IE
building roof 1956
10 Horizo. Clearance of Overhead Lines from any Mtr 2.3 2.9 3.7 5.34 - Rule 79 & 80 IE
building roof 1956
11 Ground Clearance in Out Door Sub Station Mtr 4.6 5.5 8.8 - - Rule 64-2 (a) (ii)
IE 1956
12 Sectional Clearance in Out Door Sub Station Mtr 3.6 4.3 5.57 - - do

Sl. CATEGORY OF CLEARANCES Unit 132 220 400 800 ±500 REMARK
KV KV KV KV KV
13 Clearance from power conductor to Earthed Mtr 1.53 2.13 - - - Is –4513 (Pt-2/
Metal parts Sec-1 ) 1985
14 Clearance live conductor to Earthed Metal Mtr 0.9 1.3 - - - IS 10118 (Pt-III
parts of Switchgear 1982
15 Phase to Phase Clearance of Overhead lines Mtr 1.35 2.3 3.4 - - IS -5613
to 5.2 to
to2.7 6.1
16 Phase to Phase Clearance inside Sub- Station Mtr 1.35 2.3 3.4 - - do
17 Phase to Phase Clearance inside Switch yard Mtr 1.3 1.5 2.4 - - do
18 Clearance of Right way width Mtr 27 35 52 - - Is –5613 (Pt-2/
Sec-1 ) 1985
19 Clearance between line crossing each other Mtr 3.05 4.58 5.49 7.94 - do
20 Clearance Line conductor to Earth wire of Tr. Mtr 6.1 8.5 9.0 12.4 8.5 Do- (Pt-2/Sec-2 )
Line ( Midspan)
21 Min. Ground Clearance of Tr. Lines Mtr 6.1 7.0 8.8 12.4 12.5 Rule 77-4 IE
1956
22 Min. Clearance above Highest Flood Level of Mtr 4.3 5.1 6.4 9.4 6.75 IE 1956
Tr. Lines
23 Clearance Line conductor to Earth wire of at Θ0 30 30 20 20 10 IE 1956
TOWER (angle )
24 Minimum clearance between phases ( CABLE Mm - - - - -
BOX )
25 Minimum clearance to Earth ( CABLE BOX ) Mm - - - - -

1. TYPICAL VALUE OF EARTH RESISTIVITY in OHM- METER
Particulars Value Particulars Value

General Average 100 Sea- Water 0.01-1.0
Swampy Ground 10 – 100 Dry Earth 1000
Pure Slate 10 7 Sand Stone 10 8
2. TYPE OF ELECTRODE USED FOR EARTHING
Type Rod Pipe Strip Round Plate

Conductor
Dia. Less 16 mm 38 mm - - -
than Steel
12.5mm 100
mm GI
Length / 2.5 mm 2.5mm 0.5m 15m 1.5m
Depth of Ideal 3 to
burial 3.5 mm
Not less
than
Size - - 25x 1.6 3 mm2 Cu 60x60
mm Cu cm
25 x 4 6 mm2 Steel
mm
Steel
Thickness 6.3
mm
Steel
3.15
mm Cu

3. TESTING OF SOIL RESISTIVITY
Method: - Wenner’s 4 Point Method
ρ = 2 π A R , ρ = Soil Resistivity ,
A = Distance between the Electrodes in Mtr,
R = Earth Resistance (Meter Reading),
Points to be noted during Measurement

1. 4 Spikes to be kept straight line at equal distance,
2. Link (Terminals) of Instrument P1-C1 & P2- C2 to be connected
individually,
3. Reading of Meter to be taken at 150 RPM.
4. MEASUREMENT OF EARTH ELECTRODE RESISTANCE
4.1 GROUND ELECTRODE ( ROD )

Method: - fall of Potential Method OR Three point Method
Points to be noted during Measurement

1. ( d1 + d2 ) ≥ 30 Mtrs. 2. Depth of Current Electrode (C) and Potential
Electrode should be approx. 1 Mtr.
3. 3 ≤ (d1/ d2) ≤ 1, 4. Reading of Meter at 150 RPM
NOTE: _- Take (d1 + d2) = 50 Mtr, Depth of Electrode + 1 Mtr and
(d1 /d2) = 1.5 for better Result

4.2 GROUND MAT: - method of measurement same as ground rod.
5. FORMULA FOR DESIGN OF GROUNDING IN POWER
SYSTEM
5.1 Safe body current
1. I = 0.165/ √ t (As per AIEE 80 /1961).

2. I50 = 0.116/ √ t for person of 50 KG wt. (As per IEEE 80/1976)
3. I 70 = 0.157/ √ t for person of 70 KG wt. (As per IEEE 80/1986)
4. I50 = 0.155/ √ t (As per IEEE 80/1976)
Where I = RMS Current through Human body,
t = Duration of current in Second
5.2 Step and Touch Potential
1. Tolerable Step Potential (Estep) = (1000 + 6 Cs ps) 0.155 / √ t

2. Tolerable Touch Potential (E touch) = (1000 + 1.5Cs ps) 0.155 / √ t
3. Attainable Step Pot. (E step max) = (K s K I p I) / L,
Where Ks = 1/π [(1/2h) +1/ (D+ h) + 1/ (2D) +...+ n terms]
4. Attainable Touch Pot. (E touch max) = (K m K I p I) / L,
Where K m = 1/2π [ln (D / 16 HD)] + 1/π × ln 0.25
KI = 0.655 + 0.172 n
Where C s = Co- relation factor (As per IEEE 80 /1985), its value is
obtained according to thickness of crushed rock layer (hs)
and
Reflection factor K = (p – ps) / (p + ps)
P = Earth Resistivity in Ohm- Mtr,
ps = Surface layer resistivity in Ohm – Mtr
t = Duration of Allowable current in Sec.,
I = Maxm. Current to the grounding System.
n= Number of parallel conductor in the grid,
h = Depth of burial in Mtrs
L = Length of buried conductors in mtrs.
D = Spacing of conductors in grid in mtrs.
d = Dia of conductor ( Equivalent to Flat section )

5.3 Resistance of Earthing System ( MAT )
LAURENT FORMULA
R = { ( p/ 4r ) + ( p/L ) } Ohm
Where p = Soil Resistivity in Ohm- Mtr,
r = Radius in mtr of a Circle having same area as that covered by
earth mat
L = Length of buried conductors in mtrs.
5.4 Size of Earth MAT conductor
1. A ( steel ) = 0.0243 I √ t in mm 2 for Welded joint as per CBIP.

2. A ( steel ) = 0.0292 I √ t in mm 2 for Bolted joint as per CBIP.
Where I = Fault current in Amp.
t = Duration of Allowable current in Sec
6. ASSUMPTIONS MADE FOR DESIGN of EARTH MAT
Terms Value Terms Value

Surface 3000 Ambient 50 0 C
Resistivity for Ohm- Temp.
crushed rock mtr
Resistivity of 15 Micro Density of 7.86 gms/cc
Steel Ohm- Material
mtr
Specific heat of 0.114 Max. Temp. 500 0 C
material Cal/ gm/ of Bolted
0
C joint
Depth of Burial 0.6 mtr Soil 100 Ohm- mtr
Mat Resistivity
Duration of 1 Sec Type of MS Flat ( 50 ×60 mm )
Fault Current Electrode
Human body 1000 Allowable 1 % per annum for the
Resistance Ohm Corrosion 1st 12 yrs and 0.5 % for
the next 12 yrs as per
ISS 3043/ 1987

7. EARTH RESISTANCE OF STATIONS
Voltage Class Earth Voltage Class Earth

Resistance Resistance
33 KV 5 Ohm and 66 KV 2 Ohm and
below below
110 TO 400 Less Than 1 Generating 0.5 and Below
KV Ohm station
8. OTHER DATA (EARTHING)
1. Size of Earth Conductor for Domestic System

= 2.5 mm 2 min. and 120 mm2 Max for Al.
= 1.5 mm 2 min. and 70 mm2 Max for Cu..
2. Resistance of Earth Electrode for Domestic = 5 Ohm and below
3. Human body Allowable Limit
Perception = 1mA, Let go Current = 1 to 6 m A, Muscular
Contraction = 9 to 25 mA
Ventricular fibrillation = 100mA
4. Resistance of Human body = ( 500 – 3000 ) Ohm

1. STANDARD WIRE GAUGE AND TINNED COPPER
FUSE WIRES
SWG DIA AMPERE APPROX. SWG DIA AMPERE APPROX.

in RATING FUSE in RATING FUSE
mm AMP. mm AMP.
40 0.122 1.5 3 16 1.63 73 166
39 0.132 2.5 4 15 1.83 78 197
38 0.152 3 5 14 2.03 102 230
37 0.173 3.5 6 13 2.34 130 295
36 0.193 4.5 7 12 2.64 DNT DNT
35 0.213 5 8 11 2.95 DNT DNT
34 0.234 5.5 9 10 3.25 DNT DNT
33 0.254 6 10 9 3.66 DNT DNT
32 0.274 7 11 8 4.06 DNT DNT
31 0.295 8 13 7 4.47 DNT DNT
30 0.315 8.5 13 6 4.88 DNT DNT
29 0.345 10 16 5 5.38 DNT DNT
28 0.376 12 18 4 5.89 DNT DNT
27 0.417 13 23 3 6.40 DNT DNT
26 0.457 14 28 2 7.01 DNT DNT
25 0.508 15 30 1 7.62 DNT DNT
24 0.559 17 33 1/0 8.23 DNT DNT
23 0.610 20 38 2/0 8.84 DNT DNT
22 0.711 24 48 3/0 9.45 DNT DNT
21 0.813 29 58 4/0 10.20 DNT DNT
20 0.914 34 70 5/0 11.00 DNT DNT
19 1.02 38 81 6/0 11.80 DNT DNT
18 1.22 45 106 7/0 12.70 DNT DNT
17 1.42 65 135 DNT :- DATA NOT AVAILABLE

2. VOLTAGE REGULATION FOR THREE PHASE
PER 100 KVA / KM
Voltage Code name of Equ. % Regulation for lag. P.f.

in KV Conductor Spacing in 0.8 0.9 1
mm De
0.4 Gnat- AAC 450 41 41.6 37
( 7/2.21 )
0.4 Ant – AAC 450 35 34.6 33
( 7/3.10 )
11 Weasel - ACSR 1070 0.0897 0.0868 0.0840
11 Rabbit – ACSR 1070 0.0590 0.0589 0.0502
11 Raccoon – ACSR 1070 0.0450 0.0435 0.0337
33 Weasel - ACSR 1368 0.0100 0.0098 0.0097
33 Rabbit – ACSR 1368 0.0068 0.0067 0.0055
33 Raccoon – ACSR 1368 0.0053 0.0050 0.0037
33 Dog - ACSR 1368 0.0044 0.0041 0.0028
33 Coyote - ACSR 1368 0.0038 0.0037 0.0022
33 Weasel - ACSR 1520 0.00986 0.0101 0.0092
33 Rabbit – ACSR 1520 0.0069 0.00675 0.0055
33 Raccoon – ACSR 1520 0.00531 0.00504 0.0037
33 Dog - ACSR 1520 0.0045 0.00412 0.0028
33 Coyote - ACSR 1520 0.0037 0.0034 0.0022
1. Regulation is taken at Temp. 0f 45 0 C
2. % Regulation for 100 KVA/ Km
= ( Voltage drop in line x 100 ) / Per phase Voltage
De = Equivalent Spacing = ( D1 x D2 x D3 ) 1/3
3. SAG AND TENSION TABLE for

WEASEL & RABBIT CONDUCTOR
SPA ACSR 7/2.59mm WEASEL ACSR 7/3.35mm RABBIT

N SAG ( Mtr) TENSION (Kg ) SAG (Mtr TENSION(Kg )
60 0.401 143 0.428 225
80 0.681 150 0.701 244
100 0.997 160 1.02 261
120 1.35 170 1.38 277
140 1.75 178 1.79 292
160 2.189 187 2.24 305

4. SAG AND TENSION TABLE for
RACCOON & DOG CONDUCTOR
SPA ACSR 7/4.09mm ACSR 6/4.72 + 7/1.57 mm,

N RACCOON DOG
SAG ( Mtr) TENSION (Kg ) SAG (Mtr TENSION(Kg )
60 0.433 331 0.487 364
80 0.708 360 0.777 406
100 1.03 386 1.11 443
120 1.395 411 1.49 476
140 1.80 433 1.91 506
160 3.25 453 2.37 532
5. KW-KM LOADING OF 3 PHASE LINES

VOLTAGE Conductor Equ. KW-KM LOADING FOR
Spacing in 1% Voltage drop
mm De 0.8lg 0.9lg 1
400 V AAC 16 mm2 450 1.4 1.21 1.38
AAC 30 mm2 450 1.95 2.16 2.70
11KV ACSR 1216 899 983 1190
7/2.59mm
ACSR 1216 1347 1520 1992
7/3.35mm
ACSR 1216 1758 2054 2967
7/4.09mm
33KV ACSR 1216 8113 8910 10870
7/2.59mm
ACSR 1520 11594 13333 18182
7/3.35mm
ACSR 1520 15066 17857 27027
7/4.09mm
ACSR 1520 17778 21845 35714
6/4.72mm +
7/1.57
ACSR 1520 21622 26470 45455
26/2.54mm +
7/1.91

6. HORN GAP FUSE PROTECTION FOR
DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
33 KV SIDE WITH HORN GAP OF 15 INCH. OR 385mm

TFR. Capacity Rated Tinned Cu. Fuse Approx Fusing
IN KVA Current Fuse SWG Rating Current
100 1.75 33 6 10
200 3.5 30 8.5 13
250 4.37 28 12 18
300 5.25 28 12 18
500 8.75 26 14 28
750 13.12 23 20 38
1000 17.5 22 24 48
1500 26.24 21 29 58
2000 34.99 21 29 58
11 KV SIDE WITH HORN GAP OF 8 INCH. OR 205mm
16 0.876 37 3.5 6
25 1.31 35 5 8
50 2.62 35 5 8
63 3.31 35 5 8
100 5.25 30 8.5 13
163 8.15 25 15 29
250 13.12 23 20 38
500 26.24 20 34 70
TFR. Capacity Rated Tinned Cu. Fuse Approx Fusing
IN KVA Current Fuse SWG Rating Current
400 V SIDE FUSE SIZE
16 21.33 20 34 70
25 33.33 17 65 130
50 66.5 14 102 230
63 84 13 130 295
100 133.33
163 217
250 333
500 666

7. WEATHER PROOF ALUMINIUM WIRE
CONNECTIN FOR SERVICE CONNECTION
( As per IS 694- Pt II )
Type of Wires
Connection Type Phase Neutral
1 Ph, 5 A , 240 V Twin Core ( 1/1.4 mm) / 1.5 mm2 ( 1/1.4 mm) / 1.5
up to 2 KW mm2
1 Ph, 10 A , 240 V Twin Core ( 1/1.8 mm) / 2.5 mm2 ( 1/1.8 mm) / 2.5
up to 4KW mm2
1 Ph, 20 A , 240 V Twin Core ( 1/3.55 m) / ( 1/3.55 mm)
up to 10 KW 10 mm2
3 Ph, 10 A , 440 V Single ( 1/1.8 mm) / 2.5 mm2 ( 1/1.8 mm)
3 HP ( 2.24 KW ) Core
3 Ph, 15 A , 440 V Single ( 1/1.24 mm) / 4 mm2 ( 1/1.24 mm)
6 HP ( 4.5 KW ) Core
3 Ph, 25 A , 440 V Single ( 1/3.55 mm) / 10 ( 1/3.55 mm)
6 to 15 HP Core mm2
3 Ph, 50 A , 440 V Single 7/3mm 7/3mm
15 to 35 HP Core
3 Ph, 100 A , 440 V Single 19/2.44mm 7/3mm
35 to 70 HP Core
8. TRANSFORMER CABLES
Sl. Type / Size in mm 2 Rating of

Transformer
1 16 mm2 Four Core ,( Unarmoured ) or 10 mm2 , 4- 25 KVA
Single Core Unarmoured
IS – 1554 ( Pt-2 )
2 70 mm2 Four Core , ( Unarmoured ) , with 63 KVA
reduced Neutral or 50 mm2 , 4-Single Core
(Unarmoured ), IS – 1554 ( Pt-1) or 70 mm2 , 3
Core Solid Sector shaped aluminum armoured IS
4288
3. 120 mm2 Four Core , ( Unarmoured ) , with 100 KVA
reduced Neutral or 95 mm2 , 4-Single Core
(Unarmoured ), IS – 1554 ( Pt-1) or 70 mm2 , 3
Core Solid Sector shaped aluminum armoured IS
4288

9. 11 KV VOLTAGE CLASS DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMER
TRF RATING IRON COPPER COPPER LOSS AT

in KVA LOSS LOSS AT F.L 75 % F.L
10 0.0365 0.35 0.197
15 0.085 0.40 0.213
25 0.130 0.65 0.366
50 0.195 0.92 0.52
75 0.28 1.23 0.68
100 0.31 1.7 0.965
150 0.50 2.1 1.18
200 0.615 2.6 1.46
250 0.720 3.4 1.90
300 0.850 3.9 2.19
500 1.28 5.8 3.25
10 PVC FLEXIBLE HOUSE WIRING , WIRES WITH COPPER

CONDUCTOR SINGLE CORE 1.1 KV GRADE AS PER IS :
694/1990
Nominal No. & Current Nominal No. & Current
Area in mm2 Size Capacity Area in Size Capacity
(mm ) mm2 (mm )
1.0 14/0.3 11 4 56/0.3 26
1.5 22/0.3 14 6 85/0.3 33
2.5 36/0.3 19
11 CORE CABLES WITH SINGLE STRAND SOLID COPPER

1100 V GADE , AS PER IS : 694 / 1990
Nominal No. & Current Nominal No. & Current
Area in Size Capacity Area in Size Capacity
mm2 ( mm ) mm2 ( mm )
1.5 1/1.4 15 4 1/ 2.24 27
2.5 1/1.8 20 6 1/ 2.80 34

12. RELAY COORDINATION CHART/ PROCEDURE FOR O/C
AND E/F RELAY SETTING.
1. DATA REQUIRED
 3Ph. Fault MVA for O/C Relay setting
 Single Line to Ground Fault MVA for E/F relay
 CTR used
 Relay Characteristics
2. STANDARD DATA TO BE USED
 Operating Time$ can be selected as follows
System Voltage in KV Operating Time in Second

11 0.25
33 0.5
132 1.0
220 1.25
$ The selection and choice of the operating time of the relays depend
upon the type of protection scheme used in the system and type of
radial system and type of relay used in the system.
 PSM of O/C relay
It is to be selected according to the load required by the system and
thermal characteristics of the line conductor
Standard allowable OVER LOADING FACTOR is ( 1.25 to 1.5 )
 PSM of E/F relay
It is to be selected according to the residual current and allowable
unbalance current in the a system
3. PROCEDURE OF CALCULATION WITH A TYPICAL

EXAMPLE OF AN O/C RELAY
EXAMPLE 1
 Suppose 3 Phase fault MVA = 1000 MVA
 Single line to Ground fault MVA = 750 MVA
 CTR used = 500/1

 3 Secs of IDMT characteristics is in use
3  TDS
OT  OT = Operating time in Sec.
log10 CM
CM= Current Multiplier= ( secondary current / PSM )
PSM = Plug Setting Multiplier
TDS = Time Dial Setting = Time Setting Multiplier (TSM )
 System Voltage = 33 KV
 Suppose Operating Time = 0.5 Sec
 PSM of the O/C relay = 0.75 ( 75 % )
STEP 1 ( CALCULATION OF CM )
Secondary Fault Current = ( Primary fault Current / CTR )

Primary fault current ( O/C ) = (3 ph. Fault current x 103 ) / ( √ 3 x System
Voltage in KV )
= 1000x 103 / √ 3 x 33 = 17495.5 Amp
So, Sec. fault Current = 17495.5/ ( 500/1) = 34.99
CM = 34.99/0.75 = 46.65
STEP 2 ( CALCULATION OF TDS )
3  TDS 3  TDS
OT  0.5  TDS = 0.278 ≈ 0.3
log10 CM log10 46.65
SO, FINAL PSM = 0.75, TSM= 0.3
Note ;- For E/F relay setting SLG fault MVA should be considered.
EXAMPLE 2
Consider a radial system feeders from a 33/11 KV Sub-Station as shown below

R3
33 KV BUS 11KV BUS F1
200/1
R4
R1 100/1 R2 300/1 F2
5 MVA 200/1
%Z=8

Suppose
 Operating Time for relays at R3 and R4 = 0.25 Sec.
 PSM of the relays = 1 ( 100 % )
 3 Secs of IDMT characteristics is in use
Calculation for relays (R3 & R4 )
Calculation on the basis of Transformer Rating to be taken.

So, FAULT MVA = ( Tr. Rating / p.u Reactance ) with assumption of Zero
Source impendance.
Fault MVA = 5 / 8 %= (5 x 100 ) / 8 = 62.5
1.CM = 16.401( Refer Step 1 ) , 2. TSM = 0.101 ( Refer Step 2 )
So. PSM = 100 % , TSM = 0.1 ( nearest value )
Calculation for relay R2

Here the concept of Discrimation Time has to be selected .
Assume 1. Discrimation Time (DT ) between Primary and Back up = 0.4 sec #
2. Discrimation Time (DT ) for the same feeder = 0.05 @ sec
So, Operating time of the Relay ( R2 ) = ( 0.25 + 0.4 # ) = 0.65sec.
Suppose the PSM = 0.75
1.CM = 14.58 ( Refer Step 1 ) , 2. TSM = 0.252 ( Refer Step 2 )
Calculation for relay R1

Suppose PSM = 100 %, OT of the Relay ( R1 ) = ( 0.65 + 0.05@ ) = 0.70sec.
1.CM = 10.935 ( Refer Step 1 ) , 2. TSM = 0.242 ( Refer Step 2 )

13. ESTIMATED CURENT RATING FOR COPPER & ALUMINIUM CONDUCTORS
( VIR, PVC OR POLYTHENE INSULATED CABLES ) FOR SINGLE, TWIN , THREE & FOUR
CORES( AS PER IS 694 /1990 AND BS 2004 / 1961 )
SL. STANDARD COPPER CONTINUOUS CURRENT RATING IN STANDARD

NO CONDUCTOR ALUMINIUM
AMPS ( AT 30 0 C ) CONDUCTOR
AREA STRAND SWG 2 SC CABLE Bunched In Free Air ONE ONE ¾ AREA STRAND
( SQ. ( mm ) CODE IN CONDUIT Or Open Trench TWIN CORE ( SQ. ( mm )
mm ) THROUGH 2 SC 3 or 4 CORE FOR 3 mm )
OR CASING cable SC cable PHASE
1 1.00 1/1.12 1/18 5 5 5 5 5 - -
2 1.25 3/0.737 3/22 10 10 10/9 10 8/7 1.5 1/1.40
3 2.00 3/0.914 3/20 15 15 13/12 15 11/10 2.5 1/1.80
4 3.00 7/0.737 7/22 20 20 15 20 15 - -
5 - - 20 20 17 20 14 4.0 1 /2.24
6 - - 27 27 24 27 19 5.0 1 /2.80
7 4.5 7/0.914 7/20 28 28 25 28 20 - -
8 - - 34 34 31 34 24 6.00 1/3.55
9 6.75 7/1.12 7/18 36 36 32 36 25 - -
10 10.00 7/1.35 7/17 43 43 39/38 43 30 16 7/1.70
11 14.00 7/1.65 7/16 53 53 48 53 37 - -
12 - - 59 59 54 59 42 25 7/2.24
13 18.00 19/1.15 19/18 62 62 46 62 43 - -
14 - - 69 69 62 69 48 35 7/2.50
15 25.00 19/1.32 19/17 74 74 67 74 52 - -
16 - - 91 91 82 91 62 50 7/3.00,
19/1.80

SL. STANDARD COPPER CONTINUOUS CURRENT RATING IN STANDARD
NO CONDUCTOR ALUMINIUM
AMPS ( AT 30 0 C ) CONDUCTOR
AREA STRAND SWG 2 SC CABLE Bunched In Free Air ONE ONE ¾ AREA STRAND
( SQ. ( mm ) CODE IN CONDUIT Or Open Trench TWIN CORE ( SQ. ( mm )
mm ) THROUGH 2 SC 3 or 4 CORE FOR 3 mm )
OR CASING cable SC cable PHASE
17 40.00 19/1.65 19/16 - 97 88 97 68 - -
18 50.00 19/1.83 19/15 - 125 107 115 78 - -
19 - - - 134 118 118 82 70 19/2.24
20 - - - 143 138 135 94 95 19/2.50
21 65.00 19/2.11 19/14 - 160 140 140 98 - -
22 70.00 37/1.65 37/16 - 177 158 158 109 - -
23 - - - 184 170 162 114 120 37/2.06
24 95.00 37/1.85 37/15 - 205 185 180 126 - -
25 - - - 210 185 181 127 150 37/2.23
26 - - - 246 216 209 146 185 37/2.50
27 130.00 37/2.15 37/14 - 250 220 218 153 - -
28 - - - 290 248 240 169 225 37/2.80
29 160.00 37/2.36 37/13 - 293 260 252 178 - -
30 200.00 37/2.62 37/12 - 335 295 284 199 - -
31 - - - 364 302 281 202 300 61/2.50
32 260.00 61/2.36 61/13 - 425 360 342 240 - -
33 - - - 435 372 - - 400 61/3.33
34 325.00 61/2.62 61/12 - 480 410 - - - -
35 - - - 480 411 - - 500 91/2.65
36 - - - 565 484 - - 625 61/3.00
37 500.00 91/2.62 91/12 - 610 620 - - - -
38 670.00 127/2.62 127/12 - 704 630 - - - -

1. BREAKING CURRENT AND FAULT MVA CAPACITY.
Voltage Breaking Current in KA Fault MVA

132 25/31 150
220 31.5/40 320
400 40 1000
765 40 2500
2. NORMAL BUS BAR SIZE, BAY LENGTH & BAY WIDTH
Bus bar size Bay width in Bay length in
Voltage mm mm
Strung Bus Rigid Bus
33 KV 50mm2 Copper 40 mm Al. 5550 28350
Equivalent Pipe
132KV 61/ 3.18 mm 80 mm Al. 10400 44300
Conductor Pipe
220KV 61/ 3.18 mm 80 mm Al. 17000 63400
Conductor Pipe Duplex
Duplex
3. TUBULAR BUS AND STRINGING BUS ARRANGE MENT

TUBULAR BUS STRAIN BUS
Voltage KV Nominal Dia. in mm Voltage KV Bus conductor
External Internal
72.5, 145 42 35 72.5 Lynx ACSR
60 52 Kundah ACSR
60 49.25 19/3.53 AAC
245 89 78 145 Panther ACSR
89 74 Kundah ACSR
101.6 90.1 19/4.22 AAC
101.6 85.4 245 Moose ACSR
420 114.3 102.3 Kundah ACSR
114.3 97.2 19/5.36 AAC
114.3 102.3 37/5.23 AAC
114.3 97.2 420 Moose ACSR
127 114.5
127 109

4. CONDUCTOR TENSION IN (kgf / conductor ) to be taken
FOR BUS ARRANGEMENT
Arrangements 110/132 KV 220 Kv 400 KV

Line terminatiobn 1000 1000 2000
Main Bus/subBus 800 900 1000
Interconnection between Yards 800 900 1000
Earth Wires 600 600 800
5. VARIOUS FORMULAE USED FOR THE DESIGN OF BUS

ARRANGEMENT
 Bus capacity Load Current

I  K  A 1 / t  10 4
I = Symmetrical RMS Current in Amp.
A= Cross sectional area in inches
t= Time in Secs , K= Co-efficient of alloys at Max. Temperatures
Max. Temp in degree Value of K for different

centigrade aluminium alloys
200 5.50 to 5.71
250 6.28 to 6.52
300 6.94 to 7.18
Note ;- For general practice the temperature of rigid aluminium bus to 1000
C and for emergency rating 2500 C for short circuit duty.
 Vibration in Bus
f= ( K2/ 24L2 ) x ( Eim/ M )1/2

f= Natural frequency of span in HZ
L= span length in feet
E= Modulus of Elasticity PSI
m=Moment of Inertia ( in 4 )
M= Mass per unit length

 Short circuit Force in BUS
For line to line fault

37.4  I 2 sc
Fsc  
107  D
Fsc= SC Force in lb/in2 , Isc= Symmetrical rms SC current ( Amp )
D= Conductor spacing centre to centre ( in )
For 3 ph. fault
43.2  I 2 sc
Fsc  
107  D
6. EHV SUB-STATION SYSTEM TECHNICAL PARTICULARS
Sl Description of Unit System Voltages

Technical Particulars
1 Normal System KV 33 132 220 400
Voltages rms
2 Max. System KV 36 145 245 420
Voltages rms
3 Power frequency KV 70 275 460 520
Withstand rms 630
4 Switching Surge withstand Voltage ( for 250/2500ms )
1.Line to Earth KVp Not Not Appl. Not 1050
2. Across isolating Appl. Appl. 900 + 345 KV
gap rms
5 Lighting Impulse withstand Voltage
1.Line to Earth KVp 170 650 1050 1425
2.Across isolating 1.2/50 195 750 1200 1425+240rms
gap (μ S )
6 Power frequency With stand (1 min. )
DRY KV 70 275 460 520
WET rms 80 315 530 610
7 Frequency HZ 50
8 Vibration frequency % ± 2.5
9 Corona Extinction KV - 84 156 320
Voltage
10 Radiation Interface - 1000μV at 1000μV at 1000μV at 266
Voltage 93 KV 167 KV KV
11 System Neutral Solidly earthed
Rating

12 Continuous Current Amp 600 800 1600 1600-2000
rating
13 Sym. Short Circuit KA 25 31.5 40 40
Current
14 Duration of Short Sec 3 1 1 1
Circuit Current
15 Dynamic Short KAp 62.5 79 100 100
Circuit current
16 Conductor spacing for AIS layout
Phase to Ground mtr 1.5 3 4.5 6.5
Phase to Phase mtr 1.5 3 4.5 7.0
0C 50
17 Design Temp
18 Pollution Level as III
per IEC 815 & 71
19 Creepage distance Mm 900 3625 6125 10500
20 Max. fault clearing msec ≤150 ≤100 ≤100 ≤100
Time
21 Bay Width Mtr 5.5 10.4- 12 16.4-18 27
22 Height of bus equip . Mtr 4 5 5.5 8
connection from
ground
23 Height of strung bus Mtr 5.5 8 10 > 15
bar
7. LIGHTING AT DIFFERENT PLACES FOR SUB-STATION
Sl PLACES ILLUMINATION
LEVEL (LUX )
1 Switch Yard 25
2 Control Room, 300-500
3 Carrier Room, LT Panels, Charger Room, 300
Offices, Conference Room, Rest Room,
Work Shop, Repair Bay etc
4 Battery Room, Corridor, PLCC Room, 100
Toilets, Store Room, Cloak Room, stairs
etc..

1. GENERAL INDIAN STANDARDS USED
PARTICULARS INDIAN PARTICULARS INDIAN

STANDARDS STANDARDS
BATTERY 1651/1979 Disconnecting 1818/1972
Switch
Insulation Co- 2165 AC Circuit 2516
ordination ( Pt – 1 & 2 ) Breakers ( Pt 1 to 5 )
Voltage 3156 / 1978 Lightning 3070/ 1974
Transformers ( Pt 1 to 4 ) Arresters ( Pt 1 & 2 )
Porcelain 731 / 1971 Bushings 2099/ 1973
Insulators
Transformers 2026/1977 Current 2705/ 1981
(Pt- 1to 4 ) Transformer ( Pt 1 to 4 )
Shunt Reactors 5553 /1970
2. VOLTAGE STANDARD
Statutory Limits as per section of IE Rules 1956 and as per IEGC
AS PER IE RULE 1956 AS PER IEGC

VOLTAGE RANGES LIMITS VOLTAGE MAX MIN
Low Voltage ±6% 132 KV 145 120 KV
Voltage < 250 V KV ( + ( - 10 % )
10 % )
Medium 650 V > ±6% 220 KV 245 200 KV
voltage Voltage > KV ( + ( -10 % )
250 V 10 % )
High 33 KV > ± 6 % to 400 KV 420 360 KV
Voltage Voltage > ±9% KV ( + ( - 10 % )
650 V 5%)
EHV Voltage > + 10 % to
33 KV – 12.5 %

3. OTHER STANDARDS
Sl Indian Title International Sl Indian Title Internatio
N Standards Standards N Standard nal
o. Standards
A) TRANSMISSION LINES ( Sl. No. 1 to 34 )
1. IS 226-1975 Structural steel ISO/R/63 15 IS 1367- Technical
(standard quality) 0-1967 1967 supply
CAN/CS conditions for
A G40.2 threaded
BSEN fasteners.
10025
2. IS 269-1976 Ordinary rapid hardening ISO/R/59 16 IS 1521- Method of ISO 6892-
and low heat Portland 7-1967 1972 tensile testing of 1984
cement steel wires
3. Is 383-1970 Course and fine CSA 17. IS 3043- Code of practice
aggregates from natural A23.1/A2 1972 for earthing
sources for concrete 3.2 (with
amendment no.
1 and 2)

4. (a)IS 398- Specification for ICE 1089- 18. IS 3188- Dimensions for IEC 305-
1982 Part-I aluminum conductors for 1991 BS 1965 disc insulators 1978
overhead transmission 215-1970 ANSI/AS
Purposes CE 10-90
(1991)
b) IS 398- Aluminum conductor BS 215- 19. IS 4091- Code of practice
1982 Part-II galvanized steel 1970 ICE 1967 for design and
reinforced 1089- construction of
1991 foundation for
transmission
line towers and
poles.
c)IS 398- Aluminum alloy standard BS 3242- 20. IS 5613 Code of practice
1982 Part- conductor 1970 ICE (Part- for design,
IV 1089- II/Sec- install. And
1991 1)-1985 maintain of
ASTMB3 (Part-III overhead power
99M86 /Sec1)- lines (Section 1
1989 : Design)

d)IS 398- Aluminum conductor BS 215- 21. IS 5613 Code of practice
1982 Part-V galvanized steel 1970 IEC for design,
reinforced for extra high 1089- installation and
voltage (400 KV and 1991 maintenance of
above overhead power
lines
5. IS 278-1978 Specification for barbed ASTM A (Part- (Section 2
wire 121 II/Sec- Installation and
2)-1985 maintenance)
6. IS 456-1978 Code of practice for plain ISO 3893- 1985(Pa
and reinforced concrete 977 rt-
III/Sec.2
)-1989
7. IS 731-1971 Porcelain insulators for BS 137- 22. Is 6639- Hexagonal bolts ISO/R
overhead power lines with 1982 1972 for steel 272-1968
nominal voltage greater (Part- structure ASTM A
than 1000 volts. I&II) IEC 394 CSA
383-1993 B 33.4
(Part I &
II)

8. a. IS 802- Code of practice for use IEC 826 23. Is 6745- Methods for ASTM
1995 of structural steel in ANSI/AS 1972 determination of A90 ISO
(Part- overhead transmission CE 10-90 wt. Of Zn. 1460
I/Sec.I) line : materials, loads and (1991) BS Coating of zinc
(Part – permissible stresses. 8100 coated iron and
I/Sec.II)- steel articles.
1992 Is 1363 Hexagonal head
bolts, screws
and nuts of
product Grade –
C
b. IS 802- Code of practice for use ANSI/AS 24. IS 2633- Testing ASTM A
1978 (Part- of strut, steel in overhead CE 10-90 1972 uniformity of 123
II) trans. line Fabrication, (1991) coating of zinc CAN/CSA
galvanizing, inspection coated .
and packing.
c. IS 802- Code of practice for use ANSI/AS 25. IS 1367 Tech. Spec.
1978(Part- of strut. steel in overhead CE 10-90 Condns. for
III) trans. line towers: testing. (1991) threaded steel
IEC 652 fasteners
9. IS 1778- Reels and drums for bare BS 1559- 26. Part III Mechanical ISO 898-1
1980 conductors 1949 properties and
test methods for

bolts, screws
and stud studs
with fully load
10 IS 1893- Criteria of earthquake IEEE 693 27 Part VI Mechanical ISO/DIS
. 1965 resistant design of properties and 898/II
structures. test methods for
nuts with full
load ability
11 IS 2016- Plain washers 28. Indian
. 1967 Electricity Rules
1956
12 IS 2121 Specification for ISO/R 29 Indian
. conductor and earth wire 887-1968 Electricity Act
accessories for overhead ANSI B 1910
power lines. 18.22.1
Part-I 1981 Armour rods, binding 30. IS 1888- Method of load
13 wires and tapes for 1982 test on soils
a) conductors.
13 Part-II 1981 Mid span joints and repair IS 2911- Code of practice
b) sleeve for conductors. 1979 for design and
(Part-I) construction of
pile
foundations.

13 Part-III Accessories for earth wire 31 IS 2629- Recommended ASTM A
c) 1992 1966 practice for hot 123
dip galvanizing CAN/CSA
of iron and G164
steel. BS729
13 Part-IV Non extension joints IS Quality ISO 9000-
d) 1991 14000- management 1994
1994 and quality
assurance
standards
14 IS 2486 Specification for insulator 33. IS 2131 Method of
. fittings for overhead 1967 standard
power lines with nominal penetration test
volt age greater than for soils ASTM
1000V D 1883
Part-I General requirements and BS 3288 34 GRIDCO safety
tests IEC 1284 manual (draft)
1997
Part-II Dimensional requirements IEC 120-
1984
Part-III Locking devices IEC 372-
1984

B) POWER TRANSFORMERS
Sl Indian Title Sl Indian Title
N Standards N Standards
o. o.
1. IS 1885 (Pt Electro technical Vocabulary of 7 IS 6600 Guide for loading of Oil
38)1977 Transformer /1972 immersed Transformer
2 IS 2026 Power Transformer - General 8 IS Application Guide for
(Pt 1)1977 10561/1983 power transformers
3 IS 2026 Power Transformer – Temp. Rise 9 IS Dry type Transformer
( Pt 2 )1977 11171/1985
4 IS 2026 Power Transformer – Insulation Level 10 IS 10028 Code of practice for
( Pt 3 )1981 & Dielectric Test ( Pt 1 ) 1985 insulation and
maintenance of
transformer
5 IS 2026 Power Transformer – Terminal 11 IS 10028 Installation
( Pt 4 )1977 Marking, tapping & connection ( Pt 2 ) 1985
6 IS 2026 Transformer/ Reactor bushings Min. 12 IS 10028 Maintenance

( Pt 5 )1994 Clearance in air specification ( Pt 3 ) 1985

Sl Indian Title Sl Indian Title
N Standards N Standards
o. o.
C) INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER
1 IS 1885( Pt- Electro technical Vocabulary of 7 IS 3156 Voltage Transformer –

28 ) 1993 instrument Transformer ( Pt 2 )1992 Measuring VT
2 IS 2705 Current Transformer – General 8 IS 3156 Voltage Transformer –
( Pt 1 )1992 Requirement ( Pt 3 ) 1992 Protection VT
3 IS 2705 Current Transformer – Measuring CT 9 IS 3156 Voltage Transformer –
( Pt 2 )1992 ( Pt 4 ) 1992 Capacitive VT
4 IS 2705 Current Transformer – Protective CT 10 IS 4146 Application Guide for VT
( Pt 3 )1992 1983
5 IS 2705 Current Transformer – Protective CT 11 Is 4201/1983 Application Guide for CT
( Pt 4 )1992 Special purpose
6 IS 3156 Voltage Transformer – General 12 IS 5547 Application Guide for
( Pt 1 ) 1992 Requirement /1983 Capacitive Voltage
transformers

D ) CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1 IEC 56 High Voltage AC Circuit Breaker 7 IS 2516 ( Pt-1 Circuit Breakers Pt 1 & 2
:1987/IS / Sec1 ) Pt 1 requirements and tests.
13118:1991 & 2 / Sec 1 ) Section 1 Voltages not
:1985 exceeding 1000 V AC or
1200 V DC
2 IEC- Specification and acceptance of New SF6 8 IS 12729 General Requirement s for
376:1971/ IS /1988 Switchgear and Control gear
13072 :1992 exceeding 1000 V AC
3 IEC –427 : Report on Synthetic Testing of High 9 IS 7567 : Specification for Automatic
1973/ IS Voltage AC Circuit Breaker 1982 reclosing circuit breakers
13516 :1993 for AC distribution
4 IEC- 694 Common clauses for HV Control gears 10 IS 9135: 1979 Guide for Testing of Circuit
:1980 Breaker with respect to our
phase switching
5 IS 1885 ( Pt Electro technical Vocabulary of – 11 IS 10118 ( Pt Code of practice for
17 ) / 1979 Switchgear and Control gear 1 to 4 :1982 installation and maintenance
of Switchgear and Control
gear.
6 IS 12032 ( Pt Graphical Symbol for diagrams in the field
–7 ) /1987 of Electro technology. Pt-7 Switch gear ,
control gears and protective Devices

E) TRANSFORMER OIL AND OIL TESTING ( Sl. No 1 to 18 )
1 IS 335 : 993 New Insulating Oil 10 IS 6104 / Test method of IFT of oil
1971 against water by Ring
method
2 IS 1448 ( Test Method for petroleum products by 11 IS 6262 Test method for power
PT –10 ) cloud point and pour point . :1971 factor and Dielectric
1970 Constant of insulating
materials
3 IS 1448 ( Density of Crude petroleum liquid 12 IS Method of Determination
PT –16 ) petroleum products by Hydrometer 6792:1992 of Electric Strength
1970 Method
4 IS 1448 ( Flash point by DENSKY – MARTENS 13 IS 6855 Method of sampling for
PT –21 ) apparatus :1973 liquid Dielectric.
1970
5 IS 1448 ( Determination of Kinematics and 14 IS 9434 Guide for sampling and
PT – 25 ) Dynamic Viscosity :1992 analysis of free and
1970 dissolved gasses and oil
from oil filled equipment.

6 IS 1886 Code of practice for maintenance and 15 IS 10593 Method of evaluating
:1983 Supervision of oil in Service :1992 analysis of free and
dissolved gasses and oil
from oil filled equipment.
7 IS Test method of Sp. Resistance 16 IS 13567 Water in insulating
6103:1971 :1992 liquids and in oil
impregnated paper and
press board by automatic
coulomatric Karl Fisher
titration method
8 IS 12463 Inhibited Mineral Insulating oil 17 IS 13631 Method of Test for
:1988 :1992 Determination of
antioxidant additives in
insulating oil
9 IS 2362 : Determination of Water content by 18 IS 12177: Method of test for
1973 Karl- Fisher Method 1987 oxidative ageing of
electrical insulation of
petroleum oils by open
beaker method

F) ISOLATORS
1 IEC 129 AC Current Isolators ( Disconnectors 4 IS : 3921 AC Current Isolators
and Earth Switches Pt –3 /1982 ( Disconnectors and
Earth Switches FOR
voltages above 1KV
(General &Definitions)
Construction
2. IS : 3921 AC Current Isolators ( Disconnectors 5 IS : 3921 -do- (Type Test &
Pt –1 /1981 and Earth Switches FOR voltages above Pt –4 /1985 Routine Test
1KV (General &Definitions
3 IS : 3921 -do- (Rating ) 6 IS : 3921 -do- Information for
Pt –2 /1982 Pt –5 /1985 Tender Order & Inquires
G) SURGE ARRESTERS
IEC: 99-4 Specification for Surge Arresters 3 IEC 270 Partial Discharge
1 without gap for AC System Measurement
2 IEC: 99-1 Non Linear Resistor type gapped 4 IS : 3070 LA for AC Systems
arresters for AC Systems (Pt-3 ) / Specification for Metal
1993 Oxide LA without gap. )

4. EXTRACTS FROM INDIAN ELECTRICITY RULES 1956
RULES TITLE RULES TITLE

2 (av ) Definition of Voltage 76 Max. Stresses and Factor of Safety
in Overhead lines
50 Supply and Use of Energy 77 Clearance above ground of the
lowest Conductor
54 Declared Voltage of Supply to Consumer 79 Clearances from buildings of low
and medium Voltage lines and
Service Line
55 Declared Frequency of Supply to 80 Clearances from buildings for HT,
Consumer EHT lines
56 Sealing of Meters and Cut-outs 83 General Clearances
57 Meters, Maximum Demand Indicators and 84 Routes, Proximity to Aerodrome
other apparatus on Consumers’ premises
58 Point of Commencement of Supply 85 Max. Interval between supports
74 Materials and Strength in Over head lines 87 Line Crossing or Approaching each
other
75 Joints in Overhead lines

SL STATION COMM. SUB- STATION TELEPHONE
NO YEAR CAPACITY NO
1 Akhusing 2001 3x24 MVA 06857-265046
2 Angul 1996 2X40MVA, 132/33 06764-230669
3 Aska 1975 2X40 MVA, 132/33 KV 06822-273643
4 Balasore 1991 2X100MVA, 220/132 KV 06782-254638
(2X40MVA, 1X12.5MVA )
132/33
5 Balugaon 1991 2X20 MVA, 132/33KV 06756-227013
6 Baminipal -
7 Bamra -
8 Bargarh 1979 (1X40MVA, 1X20 MVA ) 06646-234318
132/33 KV
9 Barkote 2001 1X20 MVA 220/33 KV 06643-243357
10 Baripada 1984 2X31.5 MVA 132/33 KV 06792-252719
11 Barjamunda
12 Berhampur 1964 (1X20 MVA, 1X40 MVA ) 0680- 285825
132/33 KV
2X12.5 MVA
132/11 KV
13 Bhadrak 1983 (2X40MVA, 1X20M,VA ) 06784-252269
132/33 KV
14 Bhalulata
15 Bhanjanagar 1984 (1X160 MVA, 1X100 MVA 06821-255267
220/132 KV )
(1X16MVA 132/33 KV )
(1X12.5MVA,132/11 KV )
16 BBSR 1979 (3X40MVA, 132/33 KV 0674-2741832
17 Bidanasi 1993 2X40 MVA 132/33 KV 0671-2363821
18 Bolangir 1981 2X40 MVA,132/33 KV 06652-250791
19 Bolani 1995 2X10 MVA 132/11 KV
20 Brajraj Nagar 1969 ( 3X20 MVA 06645 -242026
132/33 KV )
( 1X16 MVA, 1X12.5 MVA
132/11 KV )
21 Budhipadar 1995 2X100 MVA 220/132 KV 06645-270003
22 Burla PH 0663-2430498
23 Chainpal 1972 (2X20MVA, 1X12.5 MVA 06760-249060
132/33 KV )

NO YEAR CAPACITY NO
24 Chhatrapur 1982 2X20MVA, 132/33 KV 06811-262458
25 Chiplima PH 0663-2460514
26 Choudar 1956 2X20MVA, 132/33 KV 0671-2692218
2X10MVA 132/11 KV
27 Chandaka 1989 3X100MVA, 220/132 KV 0674-2725946
(2X40MVA, ) 132/33 KV -2725390
28 Chandikhol 2003 1X20MVA, 132/33 KV 06725-220561
29 Cuttack 1984 2X40MVA, 132/33 KV 0671-2340496
30 Chhend 1999 1X40MVA, 132/33 KV 0661-24641076
31 Dhenkanal 1982 2X40MVA, 132/33 KV 06762-28874
32 Duburi 1989 3X100MVA, 220/132 KV 06726-245732
(1X40MVA, 220/33 KV)
(1X5MVA 132/11 KV )
33 Ganjam 1967 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06811-264327
34 Hirakud 1958 2X5 MVA 0663-2481414
66/33 KV
35 ICCL 1988 - -
36 Indrawati PH - - -
37 Jagatsingpur 1996 2X20 MVA, 132/33KV 06724-220409
38 Jayanagar 1980 1X100MVA, (1X50MVA 06854-231028
220/132 220/132 KV
39 Jayanagar 1980 1X20 MVA, 06854-231028
132/33 1X12.5MVA 132/33KV
40 Jajpur Road 1960 2X20 MVA, 06726-220320
1X12.5MVA 132/33KV
41 Jajpur Town 1998 1X40 MVA, 06728-223454
1X12.5MVA 132/33KV
42 Jaleswar 1991 1X20 MVA, 06781-222330
2X12.5MVA 132/33KV
43 Jharsuguda 1958 1X20 MVA, 06645-270020
1X12.5MVA 132/11KV
44 Joda 1959 (2X160 MVA, 06767-272205
220/132 KV ) (1X25 MVA
,1X20MVA 132/11 KV )
220/132 KV )
(1X12.5MVA, 1X20MVA
132/33 KV )(1X7.5MVA
132/66 KV ) (1X5 MVA
66/11 KV )

NO YEAR CAPACITY NO
45 Junagarh 2001 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06672-243043
46 Kalarangi 1998 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06726-268870
47 Kamakha nagar 1999 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06769-270658
48 Kendra para 1979 (2X12.5 MVA, 06727-220278
1X40MVA,1X20MVA
132/33KV
49 Kenduposhi -
50 Kesinga 1982 2X20 MVA, 132/33KV 06670-222049
51 Khariar 1995 1X20 MVA, 132/33KV 06671-232304
52 Khurda 1969 2X40 MVA, 132/33KV 06755-20557
53 Mohana 1973 (1X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV) 06816-2588329
(1X5 MVA 132/33/11)
54 Nandira -
55 Narendrapur 1999 (2X160MVA, 220/132 KV) 0680-2291990
(2X40MVA, 220/33 KV)
56 Nimapara 1996 3X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06758-252550
57 Nuapatna 1994 (1X20 MVA, 1X12.5 MVA 06723- 238217
132/33KV)
58 Polashpanga 1981 (1X20 MVA, 2X12.5 MVA 06766-235262
132/33KV)
59 Paradeep 1981 2X20 MVA, 132/33KV 06722-230003
60 Patnagarh 2001 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06658-222405
61 Pattamundai 1997 (1X20 MVA, 1X12.5 MVA 06729-220338
132/33KV)
62 Phulbani 1986 2X7.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06842-253375
63 Puri 1984 2X31.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06752-250739
64 RAIRAKHOLE 2001 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06644-253069
65 Rairangapur 1981 (1X20 MVA, 1X12.5 MVA 06794-222098
132/33KV)
66 Rajgangpur 1973 (1X20 MVA, 1X40 MVA 06624-222098
132/33KV)
67 Ranasingpur 1997 2X40 MVA, 132/33KV 0674-2471257
68 Rayagada 1962 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06856-222035
69 Rourkela 1958 4X35 MVA, 132/33KV 0661-24510736
70 Saintala 1989 (1X10 MVA, 1X12.5 MVA -
132/33KV)
71 Sambalpur 1988 2X31.5 MVA, 132/33KV 0663-2540823
72 Sonepur 2001 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06654-220916

NO YEAR CAPACITY NO
73 Soro 1997 (1X20 MVA, 1X12.5 MVA 06788-221074
132/33KV)
74 Sunabeda 1964 (2X12.5 MVA, 06853-220314
132/33KV)(2X12.5 MVA
132/11 KV)
75 Tarkera 1981 3X100 MVA 0661-2664479
220/132 KV
76 Tensa 1981 2X.5 MVA, 66/33KV -
77 Tentulikhunti 1986 2X12.5 MVA, 132/33KV 06858-268653
78 Theruvali 1974 (2X100MVA, 220/132 06856-230010
KV)(2X12.5MVA, 220/33
KV)
DETAIL OF EHT LINES IN ORISSA ( UNDER GRIDCO

AS ON DT. 15.11.03 )
TYPE OF LENGTH IN TYPE OF LENGTH IN

LINE KMS LINE KMS
400 KV 241.5 132 KV 1099.5
S/C D/C
220 KV 1690.1 132 KV 3223.2
D/C S/C
220 KV 583.74 66 KV 60
S/C

FAULT MVA IN DIFFERENT STATIONS DURING PEAK LOAD
CONDITION (2004-05)
SL STATION 3 PHASE TO 1 PHASE TO
NO GROUND GROUND
FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT
MVA CURR. (KA) MVA CURR.(KA
GENERATION UNITS
1 NALCOG 2071 113.876 635 34.899
2 ICCLG 996 52.298 465 24.397
3 RENGLIG1,2 740 38.856 226 11.846
4 RENGLIG3,4,5 791 41.493 235 12.321
5 RGSTPSG1,2 5933 163.106 1893 51.481
6 TALCERG 1,2,3 1366 57.138 481 20.103
7 TALCHER5 1609 84.459 494 25.918
8 BALIMELAG 1011 53.050 396 20.775
9 BALIMELAG7,8 1245 65.370 188 25.588
10 UINDVTG 2632 138.145 773 40.576
11 UKOLABG 1160 60.859 349 18.304
12 CHIPLIMAG 364 19.081 100 5.241
13 HIRAKUDG1 849 44.579 258 13.579
14 HIRAKUDG2 736 38.823 199 10.426
15 HIRAKUDG3,4 420 22.062 127 6.660
16 HIRAKUDG5,6,7 554 29.097 143 7.512
17 IBITPSG 2656 97.052 881 32.178
18 INDALG 1056 58.050 350 18.289
19 RSPG 1198 62.868 431 22.528
400KV BUS
1. RENPGC 10194 14.716 3754 5.418
2. RGSTPS 11841 17.081 4640 6.698
3 MERAMUND 10114 14.589 3520 5.080
4 MENDHASAL 5772 8.331 4115 3.063
5 WBSEB 7274 10.500 2596 3.746
6 KALBAD 4411 6.367 1296 1.871
7 DUBURI 6245 9.013 1960 2.829
8 GAJUAKA 1848 2.667 794 1.146
9 JNRPGC 3446 4.974 1187 1.713
10 BISRAPGC 6345 9.159 2195 3.169
11 JAMPGC 4675 6.747 1834 2.647
12 UINDPGC 4226 6.100 1616 2.333
13 UNDVGR 4225 6.098 1612 2.320
14 IBITPS 4826 6.988 1921 2.773

220KV BUS
1 NALCO 8752 22.987 3108 8.156
2 CHANDAKA 4076 10.697 1852 4.860
3 NAYAGARH 2154 5.653 527 1.382
4 RENGALI 6892 18.086 2375 6.234
5 REN GRIDCO 6848 17.967 2405 6.310
6 REN PGC 6644 17.437 2457 6.447
7 RGSTPS 8097 21.248 2921 7.665
8 TTPS 8911 23.385 3160 8.282
9 MERAMUNDLI 10414 27.330 3899 10.313
10 PARADIP 1884 4.945 703 1.845
11 KHURDA 2801 7.350 1018 2.672
12 MENDHASAL 4389 11.817 2188 5.741
13 BIDANASI 3669 8.054 1136 2.980
14 BALASORE 2459 6.454 918 2.413
15 BSEB 2694 7.071 847 2.223
16 DUBURI 4860 13.061 1928 5.063
17 DVCIMS 3355 8.805 1071 2.811
18 JODA 3015 7.914 1136 2.982
19 KALABAD 2959 7.767 1085 2.848
20 KEONJHAR 2239 5.875 846 2.220
21 BHADRAK 2958 7.762 1099 2.884
22 DUBURIIN 4931 12.940 1905 4.999
23 BALIMELA 4162 10.923 1612 4.230
24 BHNJNGR 4332 11.368 1798 4.667
25 JAYNGRGR 4750 12.465 1810 4.749
26 JAYNGRPGC 4386 11.511 1609 4.224
27 NRNDRPR 4035 10.590 2010 5.274
28 THERVLI 4837 12.684 1641 4.306
29 UKOLAB 4438 11.647 1645 4.318
30 BISRAPGC 4899 12.858 1850 4.856
31 BUDPDRR 5120 13.435 1940 5.892
32 IBITPS 5328 13.884 2174 5.705
33 KORBA 1493 3.917 375 0.885
34 TARKERA 5098 13.378 1896 4.924
35 UINDRAVT 5252 13.782 2108 5.533
36 CHANPOSH 2567 6.738 588 1.543
37 BARKOTE 2684 7.045 587 1.667
38 BASUNDHARA 2801 7.349 805 2.112
39 BURLA 3059 8.027 1119 2.937
40 BOLANGR 1485 3.898 591 1.552

132KV BUS
1 ANGUL 2840 12.423 1419 6.208
2 BALUGAON 951 4.158 475 2.078
3 BBSR 2577 11.271 1285 5.632
4 BIDANASI 2881 12.601 1438 6.291
5 CHAINPAL 4374 19.132 2188 9.559
6 CHANDAKA 2937 12.846 1466 6.411
7 CHOUDWAR 2124 9.291 1853 4.632
8 CUTTACK 2306 10.085 1151 5.036
9 DHENKANAL 1579 6.908 789 3.449
10 FCI 3228 14.118 1618 7.082
11 ICCL 2026 8.862 1010 4.418
12 JAGATSNPR 1126 4.224 563 2.451
13 KALARANGI 1534 6.711 767 3.354
14 KENDRPR 1435 6.282 718 3.138
15 KHURDA 2148 9.395 1072 4.691
16 KHA. NGR 1321 5.776 660 2.887
17 NANDIRA 2134 9.332 1068 4.672
18 NIMAPADA 1039 4.538 518 2.260
19 NUAPATNA 654 2.852 327 1.431
20 OSWAL 1244 5.439 624 2.728
21 PARADIP 1597 6.985 798 3.490
22 PATAMUNDAI 848 3.710 424 1.855
23 PIPLI 1427 6.240 715 3.128
24 PURI 907 3.966 453 1.982
25 RNSNGPUR 1519 6.645 758 3.321
26 TALCHER 5180 22.657 2586 11.372
27 CHANDIKHOL 1198 5.238 599 2.618
28 SALEPUR 1043 4.562 521 2.280
29 MERMUNDLI 3824 16.728 1909 8.350
30 PHULNAKHR 1971 8.621 299 1.311
31 TIRTOL 1071 4.684 535 2.341
32 OLAVAR 484 2.117 242 1.058
33 BADAGADA 1611 7.048 805 3.523
34 PPT 1419 6.206 711 3.108
35 OILREF 1331 5.821 669 2.925
36 IOC 1331 5.821 669 2.925
37 UTTARA 1531 6.698 765 3.347
38 NAVCROM 1988 8.895 997 4.380
39 BALASORE 1436 6.282 718 3.140
40 BAHMNIPAL 1168 5.109 584 2.556

132KV BUS CONTD.
41 BARIDA 603 2.640 302 1.320
42 BARJMADA 1279 5.593 640 2.797
43 BHADRAK 1694 7.410 847 3.704
44 BOLANI 1402 6.134 702 3.069
45 B.TYRE 1315 5.751 665 2.907
46 DUBURI 2884 12.615 1441 6.301
47 FACCOR 1425 6.233 712 3.136
48 ISPATAL 1183 5.176 591 2.588
49 JAJPURRD 2348 10.276 1174 5.133
50 JAJPURTOWN 1357 5.934 678 2.966
51 JALESWAR 422 1.845 211 0.923
52 JODA 1917 8.386 958 4.191
53 PALASPANGA 1144 5.003 572 2.501
54 RAIRNGPR 430 1.878 215 0.939
55 SORO 1062 4.643 531 2.321
56 KENDPOSHI 584 2.586 297 1.288
57 ICL 423 1.852 213 0.933
58 BASTA 578 2.534 290 1.267
59 KARANJIA 549 2.399 274 1.188
60 ANANDPUR 1170 5.117 585 2.558
61 KEONJHAR 1342 5.868 671 2.834
62 ASKA 1792 7.838 896 3.913
63 BERHMPUR 1708 7.469 853 3.229
64 BHNJNGR 2030 8.880 1013 4.433
65 CHATRAPUR 1958 8.569 978 4.377
66 GANJAM 1211 5.298 604 2.642
67 IMFA 1745 7.633 887 3.891
68 IRE 1724 7.539 863 3.775
69 JKPAPERM 1325 5.796 563 2.838
70 JAYNGRGR 1411 6.174 710 3.075
71 MOHANA 722 3.160 361 1.582
72 NARNDRPUR 2282 9.980 1139 4.982
73 PHULBANI 383 1.720 187 0.860
74 RAYAGADA 1326 5.802 663 2.894
75 SUNABEDA 789 3.363 384 1.680
76 THERVLI 1889 8.288 945 4.134
77 TENTLIKHNTI 232 1.015 116 0.507
78 DAMNJODI 747 3.268 373 1.630
79 AKHUSINGHE 728 3.182 363 1.591
80 PARLAKHMNDI 308 1.350 154 0.675

132KV BUS CONTD.
81 DABUGAON 343 1.502 172 0.750
82 LAXMIPUR 933 4.080 467 2.041
83 DIGPHNDI 978 4.264 487 2.132
84 BAMRA 730 3.184 365 1.597
85 BARGARH 1582 6.920 790 3.454
86 BHALULATA 1323 5.788 662 2.884
87 BOLANGIR 1175 5.129 586 2.562
88 BR.JRNGR 1683 7.366 843 3.685
89 BUDHIPADAR 2598 11.357 1296 5.667
90 CHHEND 2486 10.894 1243 5.437
91 IDCOL 1501 6.568 753 3.295
92 INDAL 2468 10.784 1234 5.393
93 JHARSUGUDA 2188 9.571 1093 4.780
94 KESINGA 698 3.054 349 1.526
95 KHARIAR 358 1.567 179 0.783
96 L&T 1221 5.339 611 2.671
97 OCL 1018 4.430 509 2.227
98 RAJGANGPUR 1110 4.853 555 2.426
99 ROURKELA 2446 10.699 1222 5.345
100 RSP 2794 12.220 1409 6.165
101 SAINTALA 782 3.419 391 1.708
102 SAMBLPUR 1421 6.217 710 3.106
103 TARKERA 3022 13.218 1509 6.601
104 TURLA 559 2.446 280 1.223
105 BURLA 3024 13.228 1508 6.598
106 CHIPLIMA 2033 8.868 1014 4.434
107 GOELKERA 496 2.168 248 1.084
108 RJGANPT 1068 4.673 536 1.345
109 SUNDRGARH 1356 5.933 678 2.964
110 BOINDA 1021 4.466 510 2.232
111 RAIRAKHOL 843 3.686 421 1.842
112 PATNAGARH 545 2.383 272 1.191
113 SONEPUR 465 2.035 233 1.017
114 BARPALI 1111 4.854 555 2.427
115 JUNAGARH 353 1.545 177 0.772
116 BURLAX 2703 11.825 1348 5.897
117 BOLANGIRN 1185 5.183 593 2.594
118 NUAPADA 246 1.028 123 0.539
119 KURMUNDI 1551 6.785 776 3.383
120 BOUD 296 1.287 148 0.648
121 PADAMPUR 372 1.627 186 0.813
122 NUAGAON 868 3.786 434 1.893
123 TENSA 1016 4.443 508 2.222

33 KV TERTIARY
1 RENG 1615 28.259 0 0
2 RGSTP 1681 29.578 0 0
3 NARENPR 592 10452 0 0
4 BHANJNGR 347 6.079 0 0
5 JAYNGRPG 860 15.105 0 0
6 BISRA 1475 25.811 0 0
7 U.INDV 1527 26.745 0 0
8 MERMNDL 1772 30.995 0 0
9 MENDSAL 1392 24.346 0 0
10 KALBADIA 1212 21.239 0 0
11 DUBRI 1452 25.408 0 0
12 IBITPS 1518 26.524 0 0
CAPACITY OF CAPTIVE POWER PLANTS IN ORISSA
SL. POWER STATIONS INSTALLED TOTAL TYPE

NO CAPACITY IN MW IN MW
1 Nalco ( Angul ) 6x120 720 Thermal

2 Rourkela Steel Plant (2x60 + 5x25 + 1x 3 ) 248 Thermal
3 ICCL ( Choudwar ) 2x54 108 Thermal
4 HPCL ( Indal) 1x67.5 67.5 Thermal
5 Nalco ( Damanjodi ) 3x18.5 55.5 Thermal
6 FACOR ( Bhadrak ) 2x10.5 21 Diesel
7 IDCOL BARGARH 9.5 9.5 Diesel
8 KALINGA IRON 3x4 12 Thermal
( Barbil )
9 OPM ( B.NAGAR) (1x8 + 2x6 + 1x4.5 + 20 Thermal &
1x1.5 ) Diesel
10 OTM (2x16 + 2x1 + 1x5 ) 5.188 Thermal &
( CHOUDWAR) Diesel
11 PPL ( PARADEEP ) ( 2x4.33 + 2x5.4 2x10.5 ) 44 Diesel
12 ISPAT ALLOYS (2x4.33 + 2x5.4 2x10.5 ) 40.46 Diesel
( Balasore )
13 FCI ( Talcher ) 1x28.35 28.35 Naptha Gas
TOTAL 1379.498

LINE DATA OF SOME SELECTED EHT LINES IN GRIDCO, ORISSA
Sl TRANSMISSION Phase Earth Length Type LINE CONSTANT per UNIT on 100 MVA
LINES Condu Conduc (KM ) Base
ctor tor R1 X1 R0 X0 B
132KV LINES
1 Chainpal- Dhenknaal 30/7/3 7/8 GI 43.25 SC 0.0370 0.1029 0.0892 0.2626 0.0217
mm
2 Dhenkanal- Choudwar -do- -do- 40.63 SC 0.0347 0.0966 0.0838 0.2467 0.0207
3 Talcher- Chainpal -do- 12/7/2.7 4.00 DC 0.0034 0.0092 0.0081 0.0253 0.0021
9mm
4 Talcher- Chainpal -do- -do- 4.00 SC 0.0034 0.0092 0.0081 0.0253 0.0021
5 Chainpal – Choudwar -do- -do- 86.64 SC 0.0740 0.2020 0.1813 0.5280 0.0429
6 Choudwar – Khurda -do- -do- 80.07 SC 0.0625 0.1890 0.1683 0.4926 0.0405
7 Talcher – Jajpur Road -do- -do- 99.34 DC 0.0850 0.2279 0.1977 0.6169 0.0497
8 Barjamunda – Joda -do- -do- 22.83 SC 0.0196 0.0532 0.0478 0.1391 0.0117
9 Machhakund- Jeypore 30/7/ 7/8 GI 42.93 SC 0.0459 0.1025 0.1102 0.2932 0.0215
2.79
10 Jeypore – Rayagada -do- -do- 107.94 SC 0.1155 0.2577 0.2809 0.7477 0.0517
11 Rayagada – Mohana -do- -do- 119.15 SC 0.1277 0.2840 0.3132 0.8445 0.0570
12 Mohana – Berhampur -do- -do- 58.16 SC 0.0623 0.1386 0.1698 0.4543 0.0286
13 Berhampur- Chhatrapur 30/7/3 12/7/2.7 24.00 SC 0.0257 0.0572 0.0506 0.1335 0.0120
mm 9mm
14 Chhatrapur – Ganjam -do- -do- 7.66 SC 0.0082 0.0183 0.0162 0.0426 0.0038
15 Jaypur – Sunabeda 30/7/ -do- 34.90 SC 0.0374 0.0832 0.0791 0.2109 0.0017
2.79mm

132KV LINES CONTD.
16 Rayagada- Theruvali -do- -do- 19.70 SC 0.0168 0.0460 0.0418 0.1213 0.0107
17 Chaipal – FCI 30/7/3 -do- 6.83 DC 0.0058 0.0157 0.0138 0.0431 0.0036
mm
18 Kenduposhi – JODA 30/7/ -do- 47.92 SC 0.0463 0.1130 0.1150 0.2900 0.0230
2.79mm
19 Jajpur Road – Bhadrak 30/7/3 7/ 44.56 SC 0.0381 0.1060 0.1015 0.3112 0.0224
mm 4mmGI
20 Bhadrak – Balasore -do- -do- 74.51 SC 0.0637 0.1772 0.1446 0.4257 0.0363
21 Berhampur – ASKA -do- -do- 33.96 SC 0.0290 0.0802 0.0733 0.2144 0.0170
22 Theruvali – Kesinga -do- -do- 102.00 SC 0.0872 0.2425 0.2363 0.7247 0.0493
23 JODA – Polashpanga -do- -do- 42.00 SC 0.0360 0.0996 0.0882 0.2898 0.0204
24 Polashponga- raingpur -do- -do- 98.00 SC 0.0841 0.2336 0.2061 0.6769 0.0474
25 Jajpur Road–Kendrapara -do- -do- 63.08 DC 0.0540 0.1459 0.1442 0.4580 0.0319
26 Choudwar - BBSR -do- -do- 44.51 SC 0.0382 0.1054 0.0947 0.2786 0.0245
27 BBSR – Khurda -do- -do- 44.25 SC 0.0379 0.1046 0.0940 0.2764 0.0224
28 Khurda - Chhatrapur -do- -do- 128.00 SC 0.1088 0.3007 0.2676 0.7868 0.0613
29 Aska – Chatrapur -do- -do- 50.00 DC 0.0428 0.1156 0.1143 0.3630 0.0258
30 Kendrapara - Paradeep -do- -do- 34.70 DC 0.0297 0.0803 0.8812 0.2579 0.0179
31 Machhkund – Machhkund -do- -do- 30.00 SC 0.0327 0.0718 0.0799 0.2082 0.0140
Road
32 Machhkund Road- adwar -do- -do- 21.00 SC 0.0224 0.0498 0.0550 0.1449 0.0100
33 Jayanagar- Jeypur( T ) -do- -do- 6.00 SC 0.0064 0.0143 0.1568 0.4140 0.0030

132KV LINES CONTD.
34 Jeypur( T ) – Maliguda -do- -do- 21.00 SC 0.0225 0.0500 0.0551 0.1450 0.0100
35 Maliguda – Manabar -do- -do- 17.70 SC 0.0182 0.0405 0.0446 0.1175 0.0085
36 Manabar - Machhkund -do- -do- 30.00 SC 0.0321 0.0714 0.0786 0.2071 0.0158
Road
37 Bhanjnagar – Aska -do- -do- 40.00 DC 0.0342 0.0945 0.0899 0.2856 0.0207
38 Chhatrapur - IRE -do- -do- 6.00 DC 0.0051 0.0139 0.0132 0.0418 0.0031
220KV LINES
1 Joda - Talcher 30/7/3.9 12/7/2.7 144.87 DC 0.0286 0.1097 0.0905 0.3263 0.1847
9mm 9mm
2 Talcher – Theruvali 54/7/ -do- 311.89 DC 0.0469 0.2352 0.1812 0.7043 0.3982
3.18mm
3 Theruvali – Balimela -do- -do- 221.80 DC 0.0331 0.1659 0.1230 0.4826 0.2840
4 Theruvali – Balimela -do- -do- 215.29 SC 0.0324 0.1635 0.1483 0.5636 0.2723
5 Balimela – Upper Silur -do- -do- 24.70 SC 0.0037 0.0191 0.0148 0.0549 0.0308
6 Joda – Chandil -do- -do- 126.80 SC 0.0190 0.0992 0.0742 0.2725 0.1567

LINE DATA OF EHT LINES UNDER EHT (O&M ) CIRCLE ,
BURLA IN GRIDCO, ORISSA
LINES Conduc Conduct (KM ) Base
tor or R1 X1 R0 X0 B
132KV LINES
1 Burla PH- Rairakhol 30/7/ 12/7/ 80.25 SC 0.0682 0.1855 0.1785 0.5156 0.0391
3mm 2.79mm
2 Rairakhol -- ANGUL 30/7/ 12/7/ 89.87 SC 0.0764 0.2077 0.1999 0.5774 0.0437
3mm 2.79mm
3 ANGUL-- TTPS 30/7 12/7/ 16.00 SC 0.0136 0.0370 0.0356 0.1028 0.0078
/3mm 2.79mm
4 Burla PH – SBP -do- -do- 19.93 SC 0.0169 0.0461 0.0443 0.1278 0.0097
5 SBP- Rajgangpur -do- -do- 136.31 Sc 0.1155 0.3153 0.3030 0.8740 0.0663
6 Burla PH– Alco -do- -do- 6.28 DC 0.0054 0.0144 0.0139 0.0427 0.0033
7 Burla PH – Budhipadar -do- -do- 59.38 DC 0.0508 0.1358 0.1314 0.4038 0.0307
8 B. Padar – JSG -do- -do- 4 SC 0.0036 0.0096 0.0094 0.0271 0.0020
9 B.padar – B. N agar -do- -do- 7.28 SC 0.0062 0.0170 0.0166 0.0477 0.0036
10 B. padar - Jorabaga -do- -do- 18.19 DC 0.0143 0.0404 0.0298 0.1449 -
11 JSG- L&T -do- -do- 15.7 sc 0.0143 0.0384 0.0378 0.1084 -
12 Chiplima PH – Burla PH -do- -do- 19.62 DC 0.0168 0.0450 0.0434 0.1332 0.0102
13 Chiplima – Bargarh -do- -do- 29.60 SC 0.0253 0.0704 0.0686 0.2103 0.0149
14 Bolangir – Bargarh -do- -do- 79.18 SC 0.0675 0.1879 0.1831 0.5615 0.0384
15 Bargarh - IDCOL -do- -do- 2.87 DC
16 Tarkera - Budhipadar -do- -do- 104.74 DC 0.0896 0.2409 0.2285 0.6925 0.0553
17 Tarkera - Chhend -do- -do- 6.17 DC 0.0134 0.0408 0.0053 0.0141 -
18 Tarkera – Rourkela I -do- -do- 3.00 SC 0.0026 0.0069 0.0065 0.0198 -

LINES Conduc Conduct (KM ) Base
tor or R1 X1 R0 X0 B
132KV LINES CONTD,
19 Tarkera – Rourkela II -do- -do- 3.00 SC 0.0026 0.0069 0.0065 0.0198 -
20 Tarkera – RSP -do- -do- 11.0 DC
21 Rajgangpur – Raoukela-III -do- -do- 28.38 SC 0.0243 0.0662 0.0634 0.1824 0.0145
22 Rajgangpur – OCL -do- -do- 0.5 SC
23 Rajgangpur – Railway -do- -do- 2.1 SC
24 Rourkela – Bhalulata -do- -do- 27.00 SC 0.0230 0.0629 0.0591 0.1709 0.0137
25 Rourkela – Goelkera -do- -do- 67.92 SC 0.0657 0.1610 0.1600 0.4072 0.0320
26 Kesinga – SAINTALA -do- -do- 33.2 SC 0.0283 0.0788 0.0756 0.2318 0.0161
27 SAINTALA - -do- -do- 35.95 SC 0.0306 0.0853 0.0818 0.2508 0.0174
BOLANGIR
28 Kesinga – JUNAGARH -do- -do- 52.64 DC 0.0420 0.1259 0.0868 0.4111 -
29 Kesinga – KHARIAR -do- -do- 58.5 SC
30 Kesinga – POWMAX -do- -do- 14.3 SC
31 Bolangir – Sonepur -do- -do- 53.8 SC 0.0429 0.1247 0.0886 0.4276 -
32 Bolangir – Patnagarh -do- -do- 41.41 SC 0.0330 0.0959 0.0682 0.3291 -
220KV LINES
1 Tarkera – Bisra 54+7/ -do- 15.3 DC 0.0090 0.0373 .0021 0.0123 -
3.175
2 Tarkera – Rengali -do- -do- 147 DC 0.0221 0.1119 0.0904 0.3574 -
3 B. Padar- Tarkera -do- -do- 102 DC 0.0141 0.0819 0.0454 0.2865 -
4 B. Padar- Korba -do- -do- 181 DC 0.0251 0.1451 0.0806 0.5011 -
5 B. Padar- IB AAAC/ -do- 25.38 DC 0.0028 0.0200 0.0106 0.0692 -
61/3.55 7
mm

1. INSTALLED CAPACITY IN MW
Sl. Name of Existing Date of Total Under Name of Location/

No Project Capacity Commisioning Constructio River PHONE
n
1 Balimela 6x60 1. 14.08.73 360 2x75 Sileru Balimela
2 – 25.01.74 Additional ( Malkangiri )
3 – 24.08.74 O6861-232544
4 – 26.03.75
5 – 07-05-76
6- 05.01.77
2 Burla (2x49.5)+ 1- 1.05.58/16.04.98 259.5 8x2 Mahanadi Burla ( Sambalpur
P.H ( 3x 37.5 ) 2- 11.11.57/1.4.98 Uprating 0663-2430498
+ ( 2x24 ) 3- 18.12.56 - 2431238(Fax)
4- 13.09.57
5- 19.04.62
6- 05.08.63
7- 13.09.90
3 Chiplima 3x24 1- 5.07.62/29.07.98 72 - Mahanadi Chiplima
P.H 2- 26.11.62/U.R ( Sambalpur )
3- 1.2.64 0663-2460614
- 2460574(Fax)

Sl. Name of Existing Date of Total Under Name of Location/
No Project Capacity Commisioning Constructio River PHONE
n
4 Rengali 5x50 1- 27.08.85 250 - Brahmani Rengali ( Angul)
2-26.03.86 06760-277283
3-10.08.89
4- 19.03.90
5- 14.08.92
5 Upper 4x80 1- 10.03.88 320 - Kolab Bariniput / Jeypore
Kolab 2- 14.04.88 06854- 242062
3- 10.02.90 - 242004 (Fax)
4-12.01.93
6 Upper 4x150 1- 05.09.99 600 - Indravati Mukhiguda
Indravati 2- 23.12.99 ( Kalahandi)
3- 30.09.00 06858-
4-16.04.01 224324(Fax)
7 Machhku ( 3x21.25) 1- 19.08.55 114.75 Orissa Share Machh Onkudelli(
nd HEP +( 3x17 ) 2- 12.12.55 34.5 MW kund Koraput)
3- 26.06.56 but Orissa 06868-270154
4- 15.01.59 drawing
5- 07.08.59 up to 50 %
6- 08.08.59
8 Potteru - - 2x3 Poterru
Small
HEP
TOTAL 1895.5 172

2. TECHNICAL DETAILS OF DIFF. POWER STATIONS UNDER OHPC ,
ORISSA ( BURLA P.H , CHIPLIMA AND MACHHKUND )
Sl Particulars BURLA P.H CHIPLIMA MACHHKUND

no P.H
1 RESERVOIR/
PONDAGE
A) Name of DAM HIRAKUD C.P.H.FORE Jalaput Dam
BAY
B) Type of DAM Straight Edged - Non Overflow
Earth Dam Gravity Dam
C) Height of DAM Max. 80.96 - 199ft
in Mtr
D) Length of 4.8 KM - 0.6305
DAM in KM ( Total 25.8 Km
including Dykes
E) Catchments 83400 - 1932. 80
Area in KM 2
F) Average Annual 36.750 Million cum - 36.124 Mcft
In- flow in mcm
G) F.R. L / M. W. L RL 192.024 Mtr - 2750 ft
in Mtr ( 630 ft)
H ) M.D.D.L in Mtr RL 179.830 Mtr - 2685ft
( 590 ft)
I) Gross Storage 7189 Million - 970..35 Million

Capacity in cum
2 WATER TURBINE BURLA P.H CHIPLIMA MACHHKUND
P.H
A) Number
B) Type Kaplan ( No. 1,2,5,6 1 & 2 - Voith 3 (Vertical Francis , Morgan
&7 ( Germany Smith USA)
Francis ( No 3 & 4 ) 3 – ( Russian ) 3. ( Reaction J.M . Volth,
Germany)
C) Net Head
1. Maximum 35.5 Mtr - Vertical Reaction
26.5 Mtr - 605ft 837 ft
2. Minimum No1,2,5,6,7– 26.5 74.5 ft
3. Rated Mtr ( 22.71 mtr )
No 3 & 4 – 31.7 Mtr 72 ft
4. Designed No1,2,5,6,7– 26.5
Head Mtr
No 3 & 4 – 31.7 Mtr
D) Normal Speed 600 RPM
E) Run away Speed No.1,2,5,6,7–330 368 RPM 939 RPM 1100 RPM
RPM
No 3 & 4 – 368 RPM
3 TAIL RACE OPEN OPEN Channel
channel Channel

4 GENERATOR BURLA P.H CHIPLIMA MACHHKUND
P.H
A) No of Unit 7 3 3 3
B) Type Semi Umbrella Semi Umbrella Salient Pole, Salient Pole,
Vertical Vertical Synchronous Synchronous
C) Make 1,2 – Alsthom. 1&2 – Hitachi Westing Brown
3&4 – Siemens. 3- Russian House, USA Boveri,
5,6 &7 -Hitachi Germany
D) Voltage (KV ) 11 11 11 11
E) Current (Amp) 1,2 – 2887Amp. 1420 991 1338
3&4 – 1420 Amp
5,6 &7 – 2187 Amp
F) Power Factor 0.9 0.91 0.85 0.85
G) Capacity - - 17MW 0.85
H ) Speed 600RPM 600RPM
I) Excitation System - - a) Main – a) Main –
125V,720A 165V,559A
b) Pilot – b) Pilot –
125V, 605A 110V,72.8A

3. TECHNICAL DETAILS OF DIFF. POWER STATIONS UNDER OHPC ,
ORISSA (RENGALI, BALIMELA, UPPER KOLAB, UPPER INDRAVATI )
Sl Particulars RENGALI BALIMELA P.H UPPER UPER INDRAVATI

no P.H KOLAB
1 RESERVOIR/
PONDAGE
A) Name of DAM Rengali Dam Balimela Dam Kolab Dam Indravati Dam
B) Type of DAM Gravity Earth Fill Gravity Straight Gravity Masonary Gravity
Masonary Masonary
C) Height of DAM 70.5 70 50.5 45
in Mtr
D) Length of 1.04 1.823 0.6305 0.539
DAM in KM
E) Catchments 25250 4910 KM 2 (2228 1.630 2630
Area in KM 2 KM 2 is
intercepted at
Jalaput upstream
F) Average Annual 14900 5189.5 1803 Million 27070 M
In- flow in mcm
G) F.R. L / M. W. L Mtr 123.5 462.10/462.70 858 642
H ) M.D.D.L in Mtr 109.72 438.9 844 625
I) Gross Storage 4400Milion 3610 Million Gross – 1215 M 2300 Million
Capacity in cum Dead- 250 M
Live 935 M

2 WATER TURBINE RENGALI BALIMELA P.H UPPER KOLAB UPER INDRAVATI
P.H
A) Number 5 6 4 4
B) Type Kaplan Francis , Lenigrade Vertical Francis , Vertical Francis , Fuji
BHEL Metal Works USSR BHELIndia Electrical Co. JAPAN.
C) Net Head
1 Maximum 46.5 mtr 289mtr 265. 73 mtr 379mtr
2. Minimum 28mtr 257mtr 241. 72 mtr 358mtr
3 Rated 40mtr 274 mtr 241.72 mtr 360mtr
4 Designed Head 40mtr 253.00 mtr 360mtr

D) Normal Speed
E) Run away Speed 395 RPM 620 RPM 750 RPM 730RPM
3 TAIL RACE 395 RPM 620 RPM 750 RPM 730RPM
4 GENERATOR Channel Channel Channel Channel
A) No of Unit
B) Type 5 6 4 4
C) Make Suspension Suspension Suspension Synchronous
D) Voltage (KV ) BHEL Electrosila, USSR BHEL, Haradwar FUJI Electric Co. JAPAN
E) Current (Amp) 11 11 11 ± 5 % 11 ± 5 %
F) Power Factor 3200 3500 4665 8747
G) Capacity 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
H ) Speed 61100 KVA 66.7MVA 88.9MVA 150 MW
I) Excitation System 166.7RPM 375RPM 428.6RPM 428.6RPM
@ a) Main–230V,040A Static Excitation Static Excitation
b) Pilot – 200V
@ a) 1&2 Main Exciter – Semi Static 250V,1000Amp b) 3,4 &5 – Static Excitation Transformer

LENGTH
Mtr/feet Mtr Feet Cm/Inc Cm inch Km/mile KM Mile
1 0.3 3.28 1 2.540 0.40 1 1.61 0.62
2 0.61 6.56 2 5.08 0.80 2 3.22 1.24
4 1.22 13.12 4 10.16 1.60 4 6.44 2.49
5 1.52 16.40 5 12.70 2.00 5 8.05 3.11
6 1.83 19.68 6 15.24 2.40 6 9.66 3.73
7 2.13 22.97 7 17.78 2.80 7 11.27 4.35
8 2.44 26.25 8 20.32 3.20 8 12.88 4.97
9 2.74 29.53 9 22.86 3.50 9 14.48 5.59
10 3.05 32.81 10 25.40 3.90 10 16.09 6.21
20 6.01 65.62 20 50.80 7.90 20 32.19 12.43
40 12.2 131.20 40 101.60 15.80 40 64.37 24.86
50 15.24 164.00 50 127.00 19.70 50 80.47 31.07
60 18.29 196.90 60 152.00 23.60 60 96.56 37.28
70 21.34 229.70 70 177.08 27.60 70 112.70 43.50
80 24.38 262.50 80 203.20 31.50 80 128.60 49.71
90 27.43 295.30 90 228.60 35.40 90 144.80 55.92
100 30.49 328.10 100 254.00 39.40 100 160.90 62.14
AREA/ VOLUME
Cm2/inc2 Cm2 inc2 Cum/cuft Cum cuft Ha/acre Hact acre
1 6.45 0.16 1 0.03 35.32 1 0.41 2.44
2 12.90 0.31 2 0.06 70.63 2 0.81 4.88
4 25.81 0.62 4 0.11 141.3 4 1.62 9.76
5 32.26 0.78 5 0.14 176.6 5 2.02 12.20
6 38.71 0.93 6 0.17 212.0 6 2.43 14.64
7 45.16 1.09 7 0.20 247.2 7 2.83 17.08
8 51.61 1.24 8 0.23 282.5 8 3.24 19.52
9 58.06 1.40 9 0.25 317.8 9 3.64 21.60
10 64.32 1.66 10 0.28 353.2 10 4.05 24.40
20 129.03 3.10 20 0.57 705.3 20 8.09 48.8
40 258.06 6.20 40 1.13 1412.6 40 16.19 97.6
50 322.58 7.75 50 1.42 1765.8 50 20.23 122.0
60 387.10 9.30 60 1.70 2119.0 60 24.28 146.4
70 451.61 10.85 70 2.00 2472.1 70 28.33 170.8
80 516.13 12.40 80 2.27 2825.3 80 32.88 195.2
90 580.64 13.95 90 2.55 3178.4 90 36.42 216.0
100 645.00 15.50 100 2.83 3531.6 100 40.47 243.9

CAPACITY
Ltr/ Ltr Usgal Ltrs/gal Ltr Gal Us gal/ Us gal Imp
Usgal imp
1 3.79 0.26 1 4.45 0.22 1 1.20 0.83
2 7.57 0.53 2 9.09 0.44 2 2.40 1.67
4 15.14 1.06 4 18.18 0.88 4 4.80 3.33
5 18.93 1.32 5 22.73 1.10 5 6.00 4.16
6 22.71 1.58 6 27.28 1.32 6 7.21 5.00
7 26.50 1.85 7 31.28 1.54 7 8.41 5.83
8 30.28 2.11 8 36.37 1.76 8 9.61 6.66
9 34.16 2.38 9 40.91 1.98 9 10.81 7.49
10 37.94 2.64 10 45.46 2.20 10 12.01 8.33
20 75.88 5.28 20 90.92 4.40 20 24.01 16.65
40 151.73 10.56 40 181.8 8.80 40 48.04 33.30
50 189.70 13.20 50 227.3 1100 50 60.05 41.63
60 277.64 15.84 60 272.8 13.20 60 72.05 49.96
70 265.58 18.48 70 318.2 15.40 70 84.06 58.29
80 303.52 21.12 80 363.7 17.60 80 96.07 66.61
90 341.46 23.76 90 409.1 19.80 90 108.08 74.94
100 379.40 26.40 100 454.6 22.00 100 120.09 83.27
WEIGHT
Gm/ Gm Ozs KG/Pound KG Pound Micro Micro Tons
ozs tonnes/ton tonnes
1 28.35 0.04 1 0.45 2.21 1 1.02 0.980
2 56.70 0.08 2 0.91 4.41 2 2.03 1.960
4 113.44 0.14 4 1.81 8.82 4 4.06 3.921
5 141.8 0.18 5 2.27 11.02 5 5.08 4.901
6 170.1 0.21 6 2.72 13.23 6 6.10 5.882
7 198.5 0.25 7 3.18 15.43 7 7.11 6.863
8 226.8 0.28 8 3.63 17.64 8 8.13 7.843
9 255.2 0.32 9 4.08 19.84 9 9.14 8.823
10 283.5 0.35 10 4.54 22.05 10 10.16 9.803
20 567.0 0.71 20 9.07 44.09 20 20.32 19.60
40 1134.0 1.41 40 18.14 88.19 40 40.64 39.21
50 1417.5 1.76 50 22.68 110.20 50 50.80 49.01
60 1701.0 2.12 60 27.22 132.30 60 60.96 58.82
70 1984.5 2.47 70 31.75 154.30 70 71.12 68.63
80 2268.0 2.82 80 36.29 176.40 80 81.28 78.43
90 2551.5 3.17 90 40.82 198.40 90 91.44 88.23
100 2835.0 3.53 100 45.36 220.50 100 101.60 98.03

1. PLCC TECHNICAL DATA (NOMINAL VALUE)
Sl.No. DATA VALUE

1 DC Supply required for Carrier Set 48 V
2 AC Current required for single Carrier 1A
3 Characteristic Impendance of Co-axial cable 75/125 ohm
4 Capacitance of CC/CVT 4400pF (220 KV)
5575/6000 Pf
( 132 KV )
5 Inductance of Wave trap 0.5 mH (132 KV)
1 mH ( 220 KV )
6 Line Current Capacity of Wave trap 630/800/1200 A
7 Nominal Tx at Co-axial termination + 4 to +12 dBM
( By SLM ) #
8 Nominal Tx at Co-axial termination -26 to 0 dBM
( By SLM ) #
# Measurement Procedure :- Tune SLM to Tx/Rx frequency + Pilot frequency
of that carrier type ¥
Local loop :- Using dummy load in place of hybrid print local Tx/Rx can be
looped back for ensuring healthiness of local carrier set
¥ Different Types of Carrier and Pilot frequency
Sl. No. Carrier Type Frequency ( Hz )

1 ETI 3600
2 ETL 3780
3 BPL 3570
4 PUNCOM 3923

2. TELEPORTATION BASIC SYSTEM
Interface 1 Interface 2 Interface 2 Interface 1
Protection Teleprotection physical Teleprotection Protection

Relay equipment link equipment Relay
Telecommunication system
Teleprotection system
Interface 1: - Wetted contact/relay
Interface 2: - Voice frequency => “analog channel”

- Digital data => “digital channel ”
3. Power Allocation to speech and VFT channel
AF Signal Signal levels Absolute Voltage levels at

the test sockets TXAF
(-10dBr)
dBmO Weighting dBu
Speech test tone 800 Hz 0 1.0 -10
Internal test tone 1000 Hz
Speech with safety margin +3 1.41 -7
VFT channels and modems
50Bd -14 0.2 -24
100Bd -11 0.28 -21
200Bd -8 0.4 -18
600Bd -3 0.71 -13
1200Bd,V.23 0 1.0 -10
1200Bd+speech -3 0.71 -13
2400Bd 0 1.0 -10
Max. permissible load with +10.8 3.48 +0.8
speech plus superimposed
channels
Pilot tone -6 0.5 -16

4. BASIC TERMS TO PLCC.
TERMS FORMULA UNIT REFERENCE

Absolute power level(L) 10 log (Px)/1mW dBm P0 =1mW
Absolute voltage level (L u ) 20 log (Ux)/775mV dBu U0 =775mV
Relative level (Lrel ) Magnitude of diff. w.r.t.vertual dBr Reference=0dBr
reference point(0dBr)
Absolute signal level(L0) Magnitude of diff. w.r.t.vertual dBmo Reference=0dBr
reference point(0dBr)
Conversion to another $ Lu= L ( dBm ) - 10 log
system impedance Lu ( 600 ohm / Z ohm )
$ Example = The power level at 75ohm RF O/P of a PLC equipment is given 40 dBm. Then
the voltage level Lu would be = Lu= 40 ( dBm ) - 10 log ( 600 ohm / 75 ohm ) =31dBu
5. Types of different Channel

Channels Data
PLCC 1. 50-450K Hz frequency for Power sector
2. 50- 150 K Hz freely available to Power Sector
3. Rest with permission of DOT ( Deptt. Of telecomm ) and
WPC ( Wireless Planning Co-ordination .
4. 500 ± 5 K Hz used for International distress calling
Microwave / 1. Power system net work with PCM ( pulse code modulation )
VHF Radio , multi channel digit circuits based on multiple of 30 channels
Link PCM Multiplex operating at 2048 kpbs
2. The modulation method is either of Two level Frequency
Shift Keying ( FSK ) or Four level
3. WPC has assigned 2.30 to 2.50 GHz and 8.3 to 8.5 GHz
bands to Power Sectors for narrow band net work . Other
frequency band is 7.11 to 7.125 GHz, 7.725 to 7.8 to 7.8 GHz
& 10.5 to 10.68 GHz.
Satellite Links SCPC technique is used with 64 kbps PCM or 32/16 kbps delta
modulation or 9.6/ 16 K voice coding.
Fibre Optics 1. Band with of 100 GHz per KM with repeater span of 50 Km
is used with mono mode fibre 4 to 24 Cores as per CCITT
Rec. G652 having 1300nm wave length with attenuation
figure of 0.5 db per Km
 30 channels ( Primary Multiplex ) – 2 Mbps
 120 channels ( 2nd Order Multiplex ) – 8 Mbps
 480 channels ( 3rd order Multiplex ) – 34 Mbps
 1920 channels ( 4th order Multiplex) – 140Mbps

6.Other Data related to TELECOMMUNICATION
Sl Data Value
No
1 Comm. Channel width 0-4 KHz
2 Unused ( Vacant ) width 0-300 Hz ( To avoid 6th Harmonics )
3 Speech channel 300-2200 Hz
4 Pilot frequency dialing 3600 ± 30 Hz
purpose
5 Centre frequency for 3600 Hz
healthy ness test
6 For VFT band 2200-3570 Hz
7 Frequency Shift Keying 50, 100, 200 baud as per CCITT
(FSK) recommendation
8 DATA TRANSMISSION a. 1200 baud rate FSK to CCITT Rec.V23
on a basic 4-wire, 4 KHz PLC
b. 2400 baud phase modulated 4- wire
leased telephone type circuit as CCITT
Rec.V29
c. PCM 64 kbps digital data channel to
CCITT Rec.C702
d. For FAX, CCITT Rec.T3 used with
vestigial side band modulation ( BW 800-
2600 Hz
9 LEASED CIRCUITS a. 2- Wire audio cables ( up to 20 Km )
b. CCITT M1 020 and M1 040 types of
circuit ( Similar to PLC and Microwave
System )
c. Wide Spectrum Signals on either group (
60 to 108 KHz ) or super group ( 312 to
520 KHz ) as per CCITT Rec. M900 &
M910
d. Satellite leased circuit such as SCPC, FM
modulated, Analogous
10 MIN. CLERANCES a. LT Lines ( 230/400 V ) -- 1.22 m
POWER AND TELECOM b. 11 KV Lines ---- 1.83 m
LINE c. 33/66 KV Lines ---- 2.44 m
d. 132 KV Lines ---- 3.05 m
e. 220 KV Lines ---- 4.58 m
f. 400 KV Lines ---- 5.49 m
800 KV Lines ---- 7.94 m

7. Channel specific data with variable centre frequencies
( MODEM )
Channel ( Bd ) 50 100 200 200 300
Maximum Baudrate (Bits/s) 75 150 225 200 300
Nominal Baudrate(Bits/s) 50 100 200 200 300
ITU-T Channel R.35 R.37 R.38B R.38A
Channel bandwidth / spacing Hz 120 240 360 480 480
Lowest center frequency Hz 420 480 540 600 600
Highest center frequency Hz 3900 3840 3780 3840 3840
Frequency shift Hz ±30 ±60 ±90 ±120 ±120
Maximum isochronous distortion:
at nominal baudrate % 5 5 7 5 8
at maximum baudrate % 8 8 8 5 8
with receive level margin of dB 5 5 5 5 5
Regenerator On
Receive distortion % < 25 % 3 3 3 3 3
< 50 % 5 5 5 5 5
Channel delay times:
Propagation delay ms 30.5 18.3 13.5 11.4 10.5
Max RTS On to DCD On delay ms 67.0 36.0 24.0 19.0 16.0
Max RTS Off to DCD Off delay ms 54.0 45.0 31.0 24.0 22.0
RTS On to CTS On channel dependent delay 60.0 30.0 15.0 15.0 10.0
a) ms
TX channel turn-off time ms 20.0 12.5 7.5 5.6 4.4
(for half-duplex operation)
Maximum 2-wire attenuation:
No frequency gap 20 30 25 30 25
120 Hz frequency gap 35 38 35 38 38
with own channel & <15% dist.
Maximum 4-wire attenuation: dB 40 40 40 40 40
Signal to noise ratio:
for bit error rate of dB 10-3 12.5 12.5 11.5 12.5 11.0
10-4 14.5 14.5 13.0 14.5 13.0
10-6 16.5 16.5 15.5 16.5 15.5

measured with ITU-T V.52
Noise bandwidth Hz 50 100 200 200 300

Channel Bd 600 1000 1200 1200 2400 2400 1200+
Line ETL Speech
b) ETL b)
Maximum Baudrate bits/s 600 1000 1200 1200 2400 2400 1200
Nominal Baudrate bits/s 600 1000 1200 1200 2400 2400 1200
Channel specification ITU- Bell ITU-
T 202 T
V.23 V.23
Channel bandwidth / spacing Hz 2400 2400 2400 2400 3200 3200 1640
Lowest center frequency Hz 1500 1500 1700 1700 1800 2000 2860
Highest center frequency Hz 1500 1500 1700 1700 2000 2000 2860
Frequency shift Hz ±200 ±500 ±500 ±400 ±800 ±800 ±400
Maximum isochronous distortion:
at nominal baudrate % 8 8 8 8 12 c) c)
at maximum baudrate % 8
with receive level margin of dB 5 5 5 5 12 12 10
Regenerator On
Receive distortion < 25 % 3 3 3 3 5 5 3
< 50 % 5 5 5 5 6 6 5
Channel delay times:
Propagation delay ms 6.3 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.9 6.4 8.9
Max RTS On to DCD On delay ms 10.6 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.1 7.6 11.2
Max RTS Off to DCD Off delay ms 13.4 7.6 7.6 7.6 6.2 7.7 11.9
RTS On to CTS On channel 5.5 2.9 2.9 2.9 1.6 1.6 2.9
dependent delay a) ms
TX channel turn-off time ms 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.9
(for half-duplex operation)
Maximum 4-wire attenuation: dB 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
Signal to noise ratio:
for bit error rate of 10-3 dB 11.0 11 10.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 12.5
10-4 dB 13.0 13.0 12.0 12.0 13.5 13.5 14.5
10-5 dB 14.0 14.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 16.0
10-6 dB 15.5 15.50 14.0 14.0 16.0 16.0 17.0

measured with ITU-T V.52
Noise bandwidth Hz 600 1000 1200 1200 2400 2400 1200

MEANINGS OF INDICATIONS FOR
DIFFERENT DISTANCE RELAYS
RELAY RELAY MEANINGS
INDICATION MEANINGS INDICATI
S ONS
ENGLISH ELECTRIC MR3V &RR3V
30 (A-B ) Phase A – B Shorted 30 G Zone 1 Fault
30 (B-C ) Phase B –C Shorted 30H Zone 2 Fault
30 (C-A ) Phase C– A Shorted 30J Zone 3 Fault
30 A Phase A with Earth 86Y Distance Relay
Fault Operated
30 B Phase B with Earth 186A,186B CB Lockout
Fault
30 C Phase C with Earth VARM Auto Reclose operated
Fault
ENGLISH ELECTRIC SSM3V
R Phase (R- Y ) Shorted Zone II Zone 2 Fault
B Phase (Y- B) Shorted Zone III Zone 3 Fault
Zone I Zone 1 Fault 86 X Aux. Relay Trip
ENGLISH ELECTRIC MM3V
SAME AS MR3V & RR3V RELAY WITH FOLLOWING INDICATIONS
Y3AXX Aux. Relay for MHO Y3CXX Aux. Relay for MHO
Start Start
Y3BXX Aux. Relay for MHO 85X2 Carrier Receive
Start
ENGLISH ELECTRIC PYTS (Static )
LED LED
Phase Faults Zone III Zone 3 Fault
A, B, C
Zone I Zone 1 Fault SOTF Switch on to Fault
Zone II Zone 2 Fault PSB Power swing Block
ENGLISH ELECTRIC (Qudramho ) SHPM

LED LED
Phase Faults Aided Trip Carrier Inter Trip
A, B, C
Zone 2 Zone 2 Fault SOTF Switch on to Fault
Zone 3 Zone 3 Fault V ~ fail P.T. Fuse Fail

ENGLISH ELECTRIC SR3V
30 A Phase A with Earth 30H Zone 2 Fault
Fault
30 B Phase B with Earth 30J Zone 3 Fault
Fault
30 C Phase C with Earth 86 AX
Fault Distance Relay
Operated
30D Short to earth 86 BX Relay operated in
Remote Scheme
30 G Zone 1 Fault
ENGLISH ELECTRIC SSR3V
ABC Phase Fault Zone II Zone 2 Fault
AB Phase A – B Shorted Zone III Zone 3 Fault
BC Phase B –C Shorted 186A,186B CB Lockout
CA Phase C– A Shorted 86 X1 Aux. Relay with Zone
1(Carr. Receive)
Zone I Zone 1 Fault 85X1 Switch on to Fault
ASEA RYZOD, RYZOE, RYZFB
UD Distance Relay 2 Zone 2 Fault
Operated
UA Auto Reclose op 3 Zone 3 Fault
R,S,T Phase Faults 4 Zone 4 Fault
ENGLISH ELECTRIC M3V
30 ( A-B ),30 (B-C), 30 (C-A ) ,30G,30H 30 J SAME AS MR3V & RR3V
RELAY , 30 E – EARTH FAULT
ENGLISH ELECTRIC MM3T
AB Phase A – B Shorted 86A A phase Trip
BC Phase B –C Shorted 86B B phase Trip
CA Phase C– A Shorted 86C C phase Trip
Zone 2 Zone 2 Fault 86T Trip relay for Phase
fault
Zone 3 Zone 3 Fault 97X VT FUSE FAIL
85S Carrier End Operated 2 Zone 2 timer operated
AN Phase A with Earth 59X Over Voltage
Fault
BN Phase B with Earth 64 Back up E/F trip
Fault operated
CN Phase C with Earth 2L LBB Relay
Fault
85X2 Carrier Receive

ASEA RAZOG
SAME AS RYZOD RELAY WITH FOLLOWING EXTRA INDICATIONS
CR Carrier Receive CS Carrier Send
ABB RAZFE
U General Trip 3Ph 3 Ph. Fault
RN TK2 Zone 2 timer
R ph. To Earth Fault
SN R ph. To Earth Fault TK3 Zone 3 timer
TN R ph. To Earth Fault P Power Swing Block
2Ph Ph to Ph Fault = DC Fail
ABB RAZOA
R R Phase fault 2 Zone 2 Fault
S S Phase fault 3 Zone 3 Fault
T T Phase fault 4 Zone 4 Fault
N E/F fault
ABB LZ96
General Trip BCL Auto Reclosing
D Blocked
DH Trip with Signal from E Ground Fault
Remote Stn.
RST General Start EM Own Measure
R,S,T Starting , Phase RI Direction
Selective
Δ T, T2...T4 Time Step Other than DCE Power supply Failed
basic time
BD Blocking of Trip DEF Relay Disturbed
PSB Ground Fault XX Relay under Test
CL Auto Reclosing AUE Pilot wire supervision
FBL Blocking Protection
ABB RELZ 100
ZM1 Zone1 Measuring TRZ1 Trip zone 1
ZM2 Zone2 Measuring Trip zone 2
TRZ2
ZM3 Zone3 Measuring TRZ3 Trip zone 3
ZM3R Zone3 Reverse TRZ3R Trip zone 3Reverse
PSR Phase Selection R TRC Carrier aided Trip
PSS Phase Selection S TRWEI Trip Weak end Infeed
PST Phase Selection T TRSOTF Trip Switch on to Fault
CRZ Carrier Receive TRSTUB Trip Stub Protection

ABB RELZ 100 (CONTD.)
Carrier Send TROC Trip on O/C
CSZ
ECHO Carrier ECHO from TRULOW Trip Loss of Potential
Week Infeed Logic
PSB Power Swing Block TRVTF Trip VT Fuse fail
SUP System Supervision TRIP3PH Trip 3 Phase
VTS Fuse Fail Supervision TRBL Trip dir. E/F Blocking
START Start from protection TRIPZ Trip from Distance
Protection
VTF Fuse fail detection
BROWN BOVERI L3WYAS,L3WYS

PAR R Phase fault PTrH Carrier Started
PAS S Phase fault PD3 Tripping initiated from
internal Relay
PAT T Phase fault ZA Impedance Start Relay
PD Distance Relay CM Rotating Field Relay
Operated
PE Ground Fault RLv O/C Relay for E/F
PtaE Persistent E/F PSA Distance Step contactor
for Overlap
PTA Δ 3 Ph. Fault U Aux. Current
Transformer
PS II Zone 2 Fault V Balancing Transformer
PS III Zone 3 Fault W Auto Reclose Switch
PtaW Breaker Trip with Wa Manual switch for
Recloser Overlap
PSW Switch over to Lockout
ABB REL 316
Trip RST General Trip of Phase Delay 2
Zone 2 Time Delay
Trip CB 1P Single phase trip Delay 3 Zone 3 Time Delay
Trip CB 3P Three phase trip Sig. Delay 4 Zone 4Time Delay
Trip CB R R Phase fault Start R + S General Start of Phase
+T R.S.T
Trip CB S S Phase fault Start R Gen Start of Phase R
Trip CB T T Phase fault Start S Gen Start of Phase S.
Trip CB Gen Trip of Phase Start T General Start of
R.S.T Phase.T

ABB REL 316( CONTD.)
PLCC Channel failure Start E Gen Start of Phase E/F
Comm. Fail
Com. Rx Signal received Start OC General Start O/C
Com Tx Signal Transmitted by Always 3 Ph. Trip
PLCC 3 Ph. Trip
VT Sup VT Supervision
SOTF Tr Switch on to Fault
Delay 1 Zone 1 Time Delay
ALSTOM PD 521
LED CON. LED CON.
ADDRESS ADDRES
5701 LED Func Assgn. H1 5713 LED Func Assgn. H7
5703 LED Func.Assgn. H2 5715 LED Func Assgn. H8
5705 LED Func Assgn. H3 5717 LED Func Assgn. H9
5707 LED Func.Assgn. H4 5719 LED Assgn.H10
5709 LED Func Assgn. H5 5721 LED Assgn. H11
LED Func Assgn. H6 5723 LED Assgn. H12
5711
Fault
Fault Signals Signals
3600 General Start 3618 Dist. Fault Forward
3601 Starting A 3619 Dist. Fault Backward
3602 Starting B 3635 Carrier Send
3603 Starting C 3626 Carrier Receive
3604 Starting Ground Fault 3627 Dist t1 Elapsed
3605 General Trip Signal 3628 Dist t2 Elapsed
3609 Dist. Trip Signal 3629 Dist t3 Elapsed
3613 Back Up O/C Start 3670 Warning
3614 Back Up O/C Trip 3671 General Trip
EASUN REYROLLE,THR 3PE -1

P.O Protection operated Z2 Zone 2 Fault
R,Y,B Phase faults Z3 Zone 3 Fault
E Earth Faults LOR Lock Out Relay
EASUN REYROLLE ,THR 10
Ic O/c Operated 1,2,3 Zone 1,2,3
PO Protection Operated ry,yb,br Phase Faults
Pt Pt Supply r,y,b Earth Faults

Brown Boveri LIZ 613
R,S,T Phase Fault T2 Zone 2 Fault
E Earth Fault T3 Zone 3 Fault
T Breaker Trip T4 Non- Dirrectional
EASUN REYROLLE , SEL 321, SEL321-1

LED LED
EN Relay in Normal 4 Zone 4 or Level 4
cond.
INSTANT Instantaneous A A Phase involved
Tripping
TIME Time Delay Tripping B B Phase involved
COMM Comm. Aided C C Phase involved
Tripping
SOTF Trip Switch on to G Ground involved
Fault
1 Zone 1 or Level 1 Q Negative Sequence
Current
2 Zone 2 or Level 2 51 Time O /C
Zone 3 or Level 3 O/C High Set
3 50
DISPLAY DISPLAY
AG,BG,CG Phase to Ground
Fault M1PT,M2 Phase Dist. Time Delay
PT,M3PT
AB AB Phase Fault LOP Loss of Potential
BC BC Phase Fault 67Q1, Dirr. Neg. Seq. O/C Inst
67Q2,67Q
CA CA Phase Fault 67N1,67N2 Dir. E/F Time Delay
,67N3
TWO PHASE TO 67Q2T,67 Dirr. Neg. Seq. Time
ABG GROUND Q3T,67Q4 Delay
BCG SAME 3P27 3 Phase U/V
CAG SAME 50H High Set O/C , Inst
ABCT 3 Phase Fault 50Q1 Neg. Seq Non – Dirr
Z1G,Z2G,Z3G Zone Mho or Quadr. 50N1 High Set E/F Non-Dir
M1P,M2P,M3P Zone Phase Dist. Inst 3PT 3 Pole Trip
Z1GT,Z2GT,Z3 Zone Dist. Time 3P59 3 Phase O /V
GT Delay

GENERAL ELECTRIC GLY
21L (R-Y ) R-Y SHORTED Phase B Fault
21GB
21L (Y-B) Y-B shorted 21GX Timer for 21G Relay
21L (B-R ) B-R SHORTED 85MX Carrier Tripping For
Phase Fault
21GR Phase R Fault 85GX Carrier Tripping For
Ground Fault
21GY Phase Y Fault 21 LX Timer for 21L Relay
ALSTOM, EPAC 3100/3500
Dec A Phase A tripping
\Z1 Zone 1
Dec B Phase B tripping Z2 Zone 2
Dec C Phase C tripping Z3
Zone 3
Dec M One Phase tripping Mro Start up
Dec f Fuse Failure tripping Poly Multi Phase fault
Sel A Phase A Selection Mono One Phase Fault
Sel B Phase B Selection Tele Carrier Send
Phase C Selection Ffus Fuse Failure
Sel C
Aval Forward Direction Varc Auto Reclose Blocking
Amo Reverse Direction Dpom Power Swing Detection

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM/ MAINTENANCE
SCHEDULED OF ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT
1. POWER TRANSFORMER
Periodi Checking/Testin Notes on Actions to be
city g Checking taken
Pre- 1. Components 1. All Components 1. Compare with
Commissi checking ( OLTC, PRV, factory value.
oning Bushing others )
2. Electrical Testing 2. Routine Test 2. –do-
Hourly/Co 1. Temp. Monitoring 1. Reading of OTI, 1. Follow up
ntinuous WTI action
2. Electrical 2. Voltage, 2. Follow up
Parameters Current, Loads action
3. Oil Flow ( OFAF ) 3. Ensure about the 3. Follow up
flow action
Daily 1.Oil Levels in 1. Check up to 1. Top up Oil if
Transformer Level required
2. Cooling System 2. check contacts, 2. change or
bearings etc replace the faulty
parts
3. Breather Reagent 3. Check Colour of 3. Change
Reagent Reagents
Quarterly 1.Bushings, OTI, WTI, 1. Clean the Tank, 1. Suitable Action
other Equipments Bushing
and Trial operation
of components
2. Oil condition in 2. Dielectric 2. Filter the Oil if
Transformer Strength of Oil required.
Half 1. DGA of Oil 1. Check Sample of 1. Compare with
Yearly Main Tank Oil and Initial Result and
OLTC Follow up action
Yearly 1. Electrical Testing 1. Routine Test Compare with
2. PI , Tan δ value 2. Record Values Initial Result and
3. DGA 3. DGA Analysis Follow up action
4. Detail Checking of 4. Check
Clamps, joints etc.
5. OLTC 4. 5. OLTC Checking

Periodicity Checking/Testing Actions to be taken

Daily 1.Oil Leakage Follow up action
2. Abnormal Noise
3. Other visual check
Monthly 1.Oil level 1. Fill the Oil

2. Terminal checking of 2. Tight the Terminals
Marshal box.
3. Current reading of 3. Record the readings
Secondary circuits
Yearly 1. IR Value Compare with Initial
2. All Connections Results and Follow up
3. Earth Resistance action
4. Tan δ Value
5. Cleaning of insulators
3. CVTs and PT

Daily 1.Oil Leakage Follow up action
2. Abnormal Noise
Monthly 1.Oil level 1. Fill the Oil

2. Terminal checking of 2. Tight the Terminals
Marshal box.
3. Voltage reading of 3.Record the readings
Secondary circuits
4. Earthing of PLCC Link 4. Check its correctness
5. HF Bushing Check its correctness
Yearly 1. Capacitance Compare with Initial
Measurement Results and Follow up
2. All Connections action
3. Earth Resistance
4. Cleaning of insulator

4. BATTERY MAINTENANCE
PERIO ITEMS TO BE PERIO ITEMS TO BE
DICITY CHECKED DICITY CHECKED
1. Measure and record 1. Sp. Gravity, Voltage
DAILY the pilot cell Voltage, MONTH of each cell and
Sp. Gravity & LY electrolyte Temp.
Electrolyte 2. Give Equalizing
Temperature Charge
2. Battery Voltage by 3. Switch off Charger
Switching off Charger and test tripping/
3. Hourly reading DC closing of any one
Voltage, Charger out feeder from Battery
put current and Trickle Source
Charge Current 4. Check all connection
of battery and
Charger
1. Cleaning of terminals,
WEEK topping up distilled YEAR 1. Allow Condition
LY water if required LY Charging
2. Check pilot cell
reading and adjust the
trickle charge current
if required
5. BATTAERY SYMPOTOMS AND REMEDIES
SYMPTOMS REMEDIES
1. Corrosion 1. Remove Electrolyte
2. Pour Distill Water
3. Refill with New Electrolyte
2 Sulphation
 Under Charging 1. Initial stage, repeat the low rate
 Over Discharge Charging and Discharging.
 Too strong /Weak Acid 2. Latter stage, Special treatment
 Too Rapid Discharge should be provided
 Short Circuit
 Plate Exposed to Air

3. Shedding of Active Material 1. Maintain the proper charging
 Over charging of Plates and discharging limits
 Charging done at high ( 2.4V for charging and 1.85V
rate for discharge )
 Defective material 1200 sp. Gravity – charging
 Improper application of 1190 sp. Gravity - discharging
Material on plate
4. Over Charging 1. Reduce the Charging Rate and
 Excessive Gassing add distilled water to attain the sp.
 Deterioration of Active Gravity of 1200.
material from +ve plate
 Temp. rise
 Bending of Plates
5. Under Charging 1. Increase the Charging Rate to
 Low sp. Gravity attain the sp. Gravity of 1200.
 Change of the colour of
plate.
 Deterioration of Active
material from +ve plate
 Bending of Plates
6. Abnormal reduction of 1. Allow proper charging and
Capacity discharging method
 Abnormal drop of 2. Contact manufacturer for
voltage replacement
 Sulphur formation
 Development of pores in
lead sponge
 Loss of active material
 Loss of electrolyte
7. Buckling or Bending of plates 1. Allow proper charging and

 Discharge at rapid rate. discharging method
 Unequal distribution of 2. Contact manufacturer for
current replacement
 Defective plates
 Direct discharge
 Expansion of plates

8. Reversal of negative plate Use correct electrolyte and charge
 It results due to the cell or replace with a good one.
connection of weak cell
in the set, its discharge
is ended before the other
cells and causes the
reversal of negative
plate.
9. Internal Discharger Local Use correct electrolyte and charge
Action the cell or replace with a good one.
 Gassing of the cells even
under idle condition
 Abnormal gassing in
charge condition
 Reduction of Battery
capacity
10. Hardening of – ve in Air Pour distilled water and proper
 Oxidation and heating in electrolyte and cover the plates in
Air or exposed plates proper manner
6. SURGE ARRESTER
Daily 1.Surge Counter Reading 1. Record purpose
2. Leakage Current 2. within the Green zone
Reading 3. Like Crack, damage
Monthly 1.Earth Resistance 1. within the Limit
2. Leakage Current 2. Compare Results
Analysis.
Yearly 1. Capacitance Compare with Initial Results
Measurement and Follow up action
2. All Connections
3. Cleaning of insulator
4. Ammeter Calibration

SUGGESTION AND FEEDBACK FORM
FOR
ELECTRICAL REFERENCE DATA BOOK
1. Name :-
2. Address / phone No :-
3. Comments if any :-
 Size of the Book
 Presentation of Data
 Inclusion or Deletion of DATA

( Use Table-A)
Table-A
Sl. Topics / Sub- Topics Area /Page
No No.

 Errors Noticed
1. Printing Error ( Use Table B )
Table-B ( Printing Error )

No No.
 Errors Noticed
2. DATA# Error ( Use Table C )
Table-C (DATA# Error )

No No.
# Kindly enclose the references if any for

correctness of the DATA.

 Any Other Comments
4. Special Suggestions :-
Thanks for filling up this form

Kindly send it to
P.K.PATTANAIK
Deputy GENERAL Manager (Elect. )
E&MR Division,
OPTCL ( Formerly GRIDCO )
BHUBANESWAR, ODISHA-751022
Contact Phone Numbers :-

09438907492 ( Mobile )
Email :- ppk110.pp@gmail.com

Dedicated To All Spark Members

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dedicated To All Spark Members

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(DEDICATED TO ALL SPARK MEMBERS)

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 1

Contact Phone Numbers: -

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 2

Author sincerely appeals to all the READERS to

Interested SPARK members can contact me by following

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 3

Author gratefully acknowledges the

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 4

Errors might have crept in despite of utmost

Finally the author sincerely requests to

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 5

2. PROTECTION SCHEMES (19 -42)

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 6

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 7

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 8

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 9

8. ELECTRICAL EARTHING (139-143)

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 10

9. DATA ON DISTRIBUTION (144-154)

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 11

11. ELECTRICAL STANDARDS (159-172)

12 ORISSA GRID DATA (173-187)

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 12

14 CONVERSION TABLE (195-196)

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 13

LETTERS PURPOSE LETTERS PURPOSE

2. DEVICE IDENTIFICATION CODE

CODE NO. FUCTION /DEFINITION

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 14

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 15

5 X Balanced or Diff. Current

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 16

14 I O/c Ground with

15 B X Bus Current Diff.

16 B X Bus Ground Diff.

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 17

4.1 GENERAL BLOCKS

Symbols Meanings Symbols Meanings

3phase O/C relay with

Direction E/F Relay with mechanical

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 18

Symbols Meanings Symbols Meanings

Id Differential Inverse time lag

I0 , Ip Zero sequence O I Transition from OFF to

Id Current to frame X/Y Translation of signal

IN-N Current between > Operation above a set

Iub Unbalance > Operation outside set

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 19

θ Temperature Normally open contract

CVT Wave trap

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 20

5.2.1 Modular identification: - It is designated by co-ordinate

101 325 137

5.2.2 Modular Terminal Identification

E.g.101: 26 101, 137, 325 - are modular number

Note: For detail refer combiflex identification. IN ABB

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 21

2.1 Class A Protection

INITIATION OF INTERMED ACTION OF CIRCUIT

87G Trip Field. CB

Electrical Reference Data Book Page 22

INITIATION OF INTERMEDIATE ACTION OF CIRCUIT